section vi – technical specificationsdotr.gov.ph/images/public_bidding/civilworks/air... · dccd...

177
PERTCONSULT INTERNATIONAL SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME 4 OF 4 PACKAGE 2B Construction of Passenger Terminal Building, Runway Completion and Other Site Development Works APRIL 2015 SCHEMA Konsult, Inc. joint venture with: PHILIPP’S TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS CORP. DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION & COMMUNICATIONS The Columbia Tower Brgy. Wack-Wack, Ortigas Avenue, 1555 Mandaluyong City, Philippines

Upload: others

Post on 08-Aug-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

PERTCONSULT

INTERNATIONAL

SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VOLUME 4 OF 4

PACKAGE 2B Construction of Passenger Terminal Building, Runway Completion

and Other Site Development Works

APRIL 2015

SCHEMA Konsult, Inc. joint venture with:

PHILIPP’S TECHNICAL

CONSULTANTS CORP. DCCD ENGINEERING

CORPORATION

Republic of the Philippines

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION & COMMUNICATIONS The Columbia Tower Brgy. Wack-Wack, Ortigas Avenue, 1555 Mandaluyong City, Philippines

Page 2: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

- 1 -

BICOL INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT Package 2B- Construction of Passenger Terminal Building, Runway

Completion and Other Site Development Works

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES

VOLUME 1 of 4:

I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Part A - Facilities for the Engineer (Including Engineer’s Representative) .................................. 25

Part B - Other Requirements ........................................................................................................ 19

II. CIVIL WORKS (SITE DEVELOPMENT WORKS)

ROADS AND DRAINAGE @LANDSIDE AND AIRSIDE AREAS AND RUNWAY

PART C – EARTHWORKS

Item 100 Cutting of Trees / Clearing and Grubbing ......................................................................... 3

Item 101 Removal of Structures and Obstruction ............................................................................ 1

Item 102 Excavation of Unsuitable Materials and Disposal ............................................................. 4

Item 103 Structure Excavation ......................................................................................................... 4

Item 104 Embankment from Site/From Source ................................................................................ 6

Item 105 Subgrade Preparation ....................................................................................................... 3

Item 106 Compaction Equipment and Density Control Strips .......................................................... 2

PART D – SUBBASE AND BASE COURSE

Item 200 Aggregate Subbase Course .............................................................................................. 3

Item 201 Aggregate Base Course .................................................................................................... 2

Item 202 Crushed Aggregate Base Course ..................................................................................... 2

Item SPL- 1 Econocrete Subbase Course ............................................................................................ 9

PART E – SURFACE COURSE

Item 301 Bituminous Prime Coat ..................................................................................................... 2

Item 307 Bituminous Plant-Mix Surface Course - General ............................................................ 10

Item 310 Bituminous Concrete Surface Course, Hot Laid ............................................................... 2

Item 311 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement ............................................................................. 22

PART F – STRUCTURAL WORKS

Item 404 Reinforcing Steel .............................................................................................................. 3

Item 405 Structural Concrete ......................................................................................................... 10

Item 407 Concrete Structures ........................................................................................................ 16

Page 3: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

- 2 -

PART G – DRAINAGE AND SLOPE PROTECTION STRUCTURES

Item 500 Pipe Culverts and Storm Drains ....................................................................................... 5

Item 502 Manholes, Inlets and Catch Basins ................................................................................... 3

Item 505 Riprap and Grouted Riprap ............................................................................................... 3

Item SPL 521 Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert, Wingwall and Headwall .............................................. 1

Item SPL 522 CHB Lined Canal .............................................................................................................. 6

PART H – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES

Item 600 Curb and/or Gutter ............................................................................................................ 3

Item 601 Sidewalk ............................................................................................................................ 2

Item 605 Roadsign ........................................................................................................................... 3

Item 608 Topsoil .............................................................................................................................. 1

Item 610 Sodding ............................................................................................................................. 4

Item 611 Tree Planting ..................................................................................................................... 6

Item 612 Pavement Markings .......................................................................................................... 4

Item SPL 623 Auxiliary System ............................................................................................................... 4

PART I – MATERIAL DETAILS

Item 702 Bituminous Materials ......................................................................................................... 5

Item 703 Aggregates ........................................................................................................................ 9

Item 703A Mineral Filler ..................................................................................................................... 2

Item 705 Joint Materials ................................................................................................................... 3

ANNEX 1 – QUALITY STANDARDS

EXTERIOR UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES

DIVISION 2 – SITE CONSTRUCTION

02302 Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities ................................................... 8

02510 Exterior Water Supply/ Distribution System and Fire Protection Systems .................... 5

02530 Exterior Sanitary Sewer System ................................................................................... 5

02811 Landscape Irrigation System ......................................................................................... 5

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT

11390 Sewage Treatment Plant ............................................................................................. 17

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL (HVAC)

15652 Chilled Water Piping System

(Refer to same Section under Division 15 of IV. Building Works)

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL

16301 Underground Electrical Work

(Refer to same Section under Division 16 of IV. Building Works)

16302 Overhead Electrical Works

(Refer to same Section under Division 16 of IV. Building Works)

Note: For Non-Potable Water Tank:

Refer to Appropriate Sections of the Specifications for Building Works

Page 4: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

- 3 -

VOLUME 2 of 4:

III. BUILDING WORKS (Passenger Terminal Building, Arrival/ Departure Lounge

and Covered Driveway)

DIVISION 2 – SITE CONSTRUCTION

02217 Building Layout ................................................................................................................. 1

02302 Excavation, Backfilling, and compacting for utilities.......................................................... 8

02360 Soil Treatment for Subterranean Termite Control ............................................................. 3

Note: For Structure Excavation, Soil Disposal and Subgrade Preparation:

Refer to Appropriate Sections of the Specifications for Civil Works

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

03300 Cast in Place Concrete ................................................................................................... 18

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

04800 Reinforced Masonry .......................................................................................................... 7

DIVISION 5 - METAL

05120 Structural Steel ................................................................................................................. 5

05300 Steel Floor Decks .............................................................................................................. 4

05510 Miscellaneous Metal ......................................................................................................... 2

05520 Handrails, Railings and Guardrails ................................................................................... 4

DIVISION 6 – WOODS AND PLASTICS

06400 Finish Carpentry ................................................................................................................ 3

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE

07101 Dampproofing .................................................................................................................... 2

07102 Elastomeric Waterproofing System, Fluid- applied ........................................................... 2

07103 Elastomeric Acrylic Waterproofing System ....................................................................... 5

07150 Polyurethane Based Applied Waterproofing System ........................................................ 4

07160 Cementitious Waterproofing System................................................................................. 2

07210 Building Insulation ............................................................................................................. 2

07410 Prepainted Horizontal Roofing Sheet ................................................................................ 3

07412 Roof Insulation .................................................................................................................. 2

07460 Aluminum Composite Panel .............................................................................................. 2

07900 Sealants and Caulking ...................................................................................................... 6

DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS

08110 Steel Doors and Frames ................................................................................................... 4

08210 Wood Doors ...................................................................................................................... 3

08256 Skylight ............................................................................................................................. 2

08420 Aluminum Doors and Frames ............................................................................................ 3

08422 Automatic Sliding Door...................................................................................................... 5

08423 Automated Door Control System ....................................................................................... 2

08511 Metal Wall Louvers ........................................................................................................... 2

08520 Aluminum Windows ........................................................................................................... 4

08710 Finish Hardware ................................................................................................................ 5

08800 Glazing .............................................................................................................................. 3

Page 5: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

- 4 -

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

09601 Epoxy Coating ................................................................................................................... 3

09602 Granite Tiles...................................................................................................................... 3

09604 Ceramic Tile ...................................................................................................................... 4

09605 Vinyl Flooring .................................................................................................................... 4

09614 Floor Hardener .................................................................................................................. 1

09615 Access Flooring (Raised Floor)......................................................................................... 7

09702 Vinyl Coated Wall Covering .............................................................................................. 4

09703 Plastering .......................................................................................................................... 5

09704 Abuse Resistant Interior Veneer Plastering ...................................................................... 2

09705 Fiber Cement Board .......................................................................................................... 4

09800 Ceiling Suspension Systems ............................................................................................. 5

09801 Aluminum Spandrel Ceiling System .................................................................................. 2

09802 Acoustical Ceiling.............................................................................................................. 4

09803 Plasterboard ...................................................................................................................... 3

09806 Perforated Metal Ceilings .................................................................................................. 6

09807 Linear Metal Ceilings ........................................................................................................ 6

09910 Painting Works .................................................................................................................. 6

09918 Special Coatings Tank Lining –Food Grade ..................................................................... 3

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

10165 Toilet Compartments ......................................................................................................... 2

10430 Signages, Digital Print and Ceramic Art ............................................................................ 3

10810 Toilet Accessories ............................................................................................................. 3

10850 Roller Blinds ...................................................................................................................... 4

10860 Security Barrier ................................................................................................................. 2

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHING

12600 Furniture and Accessories ................................................................................................ 2

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13100 Lighting Protection System ............................................................................................... 3

13920 Fire Pumps ...................................................................................................................... 12

13930 Fire Extinguishing Sprinkler Systems (Wet Pipe) ............................................................. 7

13940 FM-200 Gas System ......................................................................................................... 3

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEM (SPECIAL EQUIPMENT)

14210 Passenger Elevator ........................................................................................................... 3

14300 Escalators ......................................................................................................................... 9

14500 Baggage Handling System .............................................................................................. 10

Page 6: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

- 5 -

VOLUME 3 of 4:

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL (PLUMBING)

15400 Plumbing Works .............................................................................................................. 23

15440 Plumbing Fixtures ............................................................................................................. 3

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL (HVAC)

15011 Mechanical General Requirements ................................................................................. 10

15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods ......................................................................... 4

15200 Noise and Vibration Control .............................................................................................. 8

15250 Insulation of Mechanical Systems ..................................................................................... 9

15483 Fuel Oil Handling System ................................................................................................. 7

15652 Chilled Water Piping Systems......................................................................................... 19

15653 Unitary Air Conditioning (Split-Type) Systems .................................................................. 8

15682 Air-Cooled Water Chillers ................................................................................................. 6

15856 Air Handling and Distribution Equipment .......................................................................... 7

15871 Ventilation and Exhaust Systems (FANS& BLOWERS) ................................................... 9

15895 Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories .............................................................................. 10

15896 Secondary Cables and Wires ........................................................................................... 4

15971 Space Temperature Control Systems ............................................................................. 15

15972 BMS Instrumentation ....................................................................................................... 11

15973 BMS Inspection and Acceptance Testing ....................................................................... 13

15996 Testing and Balancing Air and Water Systems ................................................................. 9

VOLUME 4 OF 4:

DIVISION 16 – Electrical

16011 Electrical General Requirements ................................................................................... 10

16206 Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric ....................................................................... 24

16262 Automatic Transfer Switches........................................................................................... 10

16301 Underground Electrical Work ............................................................................................ 7

16302 Overhead Electrical Work ................................................................................................. 8

16402 Interior Wiring Systems ................................................................................................... 15

16462 Three-Phase Padmounted Transformer ............................................................................ 6

16463 Single Phase Padmounted Transformer ........................................................................... 3

16474 Medium Voltage Switchgear (Ring Main Unit) .................................................................. 6

16475 Low Voltage Switchgear .................................................................................................... 7

16510 Interior Lighting ................................................................................................................. 8

16523A Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors ...................................................... 10

16530 Exterior Lighting .............................................................................................................. 13

16711 Structured Cabling System ............................................................................................... 6

16722 Fire Alarm System ............................................................................................................. 9

16760 Public Address System ..................................................................................................... 5

16761 Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX) ................................................. 6

16762 Closed Circuit TV System ................................................................................................. 8

16762A Flight Information Display System ..................................................................................... 4

*****

Page 7: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

DIVISION 16 – ELECICAL

Page 8: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

1 of 10

SECTION 16011 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 APPLICATION

This section applies to all sections of Division 16, "Electrical," of this project except as specified otherwise in each individual section.

1.2 WORK INCLUDED

a. Provide labor and materials required to install, test and place into operation the ELECTRICAL systems as called for in the Contract Documents, and in accordance with applicable codes and regulations.

b. Provide labor, materials, and in accordance not specifically called for in the Contract

Documents, but required to provide complete, operating Electrical systems shall be provided without additional cost to the OWNER.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

a. Comply with the current applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the authority or authorities having jurisdiction, the rules, regulations and requirements of the utility companies serving the project and the Owner’s insurance underwriter.

b. Drawings, specifications, codes and standards are minimum requirements. Where

requirements differ, the more stringent requirements shall apply. c. Should any change in drawings or specifications be required to comply with the

governing regulations, notify the project manager prior to submitting the bid. c. All equipment and installations shall meet or exceed minimum requirements of the

Standard codes listed under Item 1.4. d. Execute work in accordance with the best practices of the trades in a thorough,

substantial, workmanlike manner by competent workmen. Provide a competent, experiences, full-time Project Superintendent who is authorized to make decisions on behalf of the Contractor.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS a. Abbreviations:

(1) PS Philippine Standard (2) PEC Philippine Electrical Code 2000 Edition (Part 1 & Part 2) (3) ANSI American National Standards Institute (4) ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (5) ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories (6) IEC International Electrotechnical Committee (7) IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. (8) IES Illumination Engineering Society (9) NEC National Electrical Code (10) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (11) NFPA National Fire Protection Association (12) UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (13) ISO International Standard Organization

Page 9: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

2 of 10

b. Definitions

(1) Where it is stated in these Specifications to submit to the Engineer for review, refer to Architectural and Special Conditions for proper conditions.

(2) FURNISH means to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories, and all other items customarily required to the proper and complete application.

(3) INSTALL means to join, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect

together before testing and turning over to Owner, complete and ready for regular operation.

(4) PROVIDE means to FURNISH and INSTALL. (5) AS DIRECTED means as directed by the Project Manager, or his

representative. (6) CONCEALED means embedded in masonry or other construction, installed

behind wall furring or within drywall partitions, furniture wiring management or installed within hung ceilings.

(7) SUBMIT means submit to Project Manager for review. (8) “Architect”, “Project Manager/Engineer”, “Owner”, the party of parties

responsible for interpreting, accepting or otherwise ruling on the performance under “this Contract”.

1.5 GUARANTEE a. Submit a single guarantee stating that the work is in accordance with the Contract

Documents. Guarantee work against faulty and improper material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance by the Owner, except that where guarantees or warrantees for longer terms are provided or specified herein, the longer term shall apply. Correct any deficiencies which occur during the guarantee period, within 24 hours of notification, without additional cost to the Owner, to the satisfaction of the Owner. Obtain similar guarantees from sub-contractors, manufacturers, suppliers and sub-specialists.

1.6 PROPOSED SEPARATION OF WORK BETWEEN THE TRADES a. The Specifications describe in detail the proposed work included for each trade when

the main Contractor divides the work among their Sub-Contractors. The following summary is an outline of the work to be “Provided”, “Furnished” or “Installed” by each of the trades included in the contract, i.e., Plumbing and Sprinkler, HVAC (Division 15), Electrical (Division 16) and other Divisions 1-14.

b. In the absence of more detailed information, consider the list as specific instructions to

include such work in the named Contract. c. Abbreviations are as follows: (1) “OD” - Other Divisions of the Contract (not Electrical or Mechanical) (2) “Plb” - Plumbing – Division 15 3. “Spr” - Sprinkler – Division 15 4. “Mech” - Mechanical – Division 15 5. “Elec” - Electrical – Division 16

Page 10: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

3 of 10

6. “BMS” - Building Management System 7. “F” - Furnished 8. “I” - Installed 9. “P” - Provided ( Furnished and Installed) 1.7 SUBMITTALS

Obtain approval before procurement, fabrication, or delivery of items to the job site. Partial submittals will not be acceptable and will be returned without review. Submittals shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, place of manufacture, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification and paragraph reference and technical society publication references, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each item to be furnished.

1.7.1 Shop Drawings

In addition to the requirements of the Contract Clauses, shop drawings shall meet the following requirements. Drawings shall be a minimum of 216 mm by 280 mm in size, except as specified otherwise. Drawings shall include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to assure a coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between each item of equipment. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. If equipment is disapproved, revise drawings to show acceptable equipment and resubmit.

1.7.2 Manufacturer's Data

Submittals for each manufactured item shall be current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and catalog cuts.

1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Submit as required for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Furnish three copies, bound in hardback binders or an approved equivalent. Furnish one complete manual prior to performance of systems or equipment tests, and furnish the remaining manuals prior to contract completion. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," the name and location of the system, equipment, building, name of Contractor, and Contract number. Include in the manual the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each subcontractor installing the system or equipment and the local representatives for the system or equipment. Include a table of contents and assemble the manual to conform to the table of contents, with the tab sheets placed before instructions covering the subject. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall include:

a. Internal and interconnecting wiring and control diagrams with data to explain

detailed operation and control of the system or equipment. b. A control sequence describing startup, operation, and shutdown. c. Description of the function of each principal item of equipment. d. Installation and maintenance instructions. e. Safety precautions.

Page 11: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

4 of 10

f. Diagrams and illustrations. g. Testing methods. h. Performance data. i Parts List. The list shall indicate sources of supply, recommended spare parts, and

name of servicing organization. j. Appendix: List qualified permanent servicing organizations for support of the

equipment, including addresses and certified qualifications. 1.9 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Furnish approved operating instructions for system and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system and equipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions as directed. Attach or post operating instructions adjacent to each principal system and equipment including startup, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, shutdown, safety precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or equipment. Provide weather-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures for operating instructions exposed to the weather. Operating instructions shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling.

1.10 INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORIZED OWNER’S PERSONNEL

Where indicated in the technical sections, furnish the services of competent instructors to give full instruction to New Legazpi International Airport authorized maintenance personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance of systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements as required. Each instructor shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to New Legazpi International Airport for regular operation. The number of man-days (8 hours) of instruction furnished shall be as specified in each individual section.

1.11 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements of NFPA 70B, Appendix I, titled "Equipment Storage and Maintenance during Construction." Replace damaged or defective items with new items.

1.12 CATALOG PRODUCTS/SERVICE AVAILABILITY

Materials and equipment shall be current products by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The 2-year period shall be satisfactorily completed by a product for sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures. Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is furnished. The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations, which are reasonably

Page 12: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

5 of 10

convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract.

1.13 MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATION

Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, furnish printed copies of the recommendations prior to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until recommendations are received. Failure to furnish recommendations shall be cause for rejection of the equipment or material.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES

Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each panelboard, equipment enclosure, relay, switch, and device. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, 3.17 mm thick, white with black center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering and engrave into the black core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be 25.4 mm by 63.5 mm. Lettering shall be a minimum of 6.35 mm high normal block style.

2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

a. Provide products and materials that are new, approved model, clean, free of damage and corrosion.

b. Products and materials shall not contain asbestos, PCB, or any other material which

when installed is considered hazardous by the authority having jurisdiction.

c. Replace materials of less than specified quality and relocate work incorrectly installed as directed by the Project Manager.

d. Provide name/data plates on major components of equipment with manufacturer’s

name. Model number, serial number, capacity data and Electrical characteristics attached in a conspicuous place.

e. Install materials and equipment with qualified trades’ people. f. Maintain uniformly of manufacturer’s for equipment used in similar application and

sizes. g. Fully lubricate equipment where required. h. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for installing, connecting and adjusting

equipment. Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during installation. i. Where factory testing of equipment is required to ascertain performance and

attendance by the Owner’s Representative is required to witness such tests, associated air fares and other necessary travel costs and subsistence allowance shall be paid for by the Contractor.

j. Equipment capacities, ratings, etc., are scheduled or specified for job site operating

conditions. Equipment sensitive to altitude shall be derated with the method of derating identified on the submittals.

Page 13: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

6 of 10

k. Enclosures for electrical equipment installed in mechanical equipment rooms shall be NEMA Type 1 gasketed. Enclosures for Electrical equipment installed outdoors shall ne NEMA 4X.

l. Energy consuming equipment shall meet local energy ordinances.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NAMEPLATE MOUNTING

Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two sheet-metal screws or two rivets.

3.2 FEES AND PERMITS

a. Pay all required fees and obtain all required permits related to the ELECTRICAL installation.

b. Pay royalties or fees required in connection with the use of patented devices and

systems. c. Provide controlled inspection where required by authorities having jurisdiction or by

these Specifications.

3.3 SUBMITTAL AND REVIEWS General:

a. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer’s product data sheets, samples, and test report as specified.

b. Without two months after notice to proceed by the Owner and Owner’s

Representative, or after execution of Owner/Contractor Agreement, submit complete typed list of all ELECTRICAL equipment manufacturers and material suppliers for the equipment proposed to be provided on this project, as well as names of all Sub-Contractors.

c. Within four months after notice to proceed by the Owner and Owner’s

Representative, or after execution of Owner/Contractor Agreement, prepare an index of all submittals for the project. Include a submittal identification number, a cross-reference to the Specifications Sections or Drawing number, and an item description. Prefix the submittal identification by the Specification Sections to which they apply, the submittal identification in addition to the other data specified. All Sub-Contractors shall utilize the assigned identification number.

d. After the Contract is awarded, obtain complete shop drawings, product data and

samples from the manufacturer, suppliers, for all materials and equipment as specified. Submit data and details of such materials and equipment for review. Prior to submissions, certify that the shop drawings, product data and samples are in compliance with the Contract Documents. Check all materials and equipment upon their arrival on the job site and verify their compliance with the Contract Documents. Modify any work which proceeds prior to receiving accepted shop drawings as required to comply with the Contract Documents and the shop drawings.

Page 14: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

7 of 10

e. Review of submittals is for general compliance with the design concept and contract

documents. Comments or absence of comments shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor remains solely responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication process, for techniques of construction, for performing the work in a safe manner, and for coordinating the work with that of other trades.

f. No part of the work shall be started in the shop or in the field until the shop drawings

and samples for that portion of the work have been submitted and accepted as well as NO equipment shall be delivered on the job site unless a shop drawing for the same has been submitted and accepted or approved or similar words.

g. A minimum period of three (3) working days, exclusive of transmittal time, will be

required in the Engineer’s office each time a shop drawing, product data and /or samples are submitted for review. This time period must be considered by the Contractor in the scheduling of work.

h. Submit three (3) copies items, shop drawings, and manufacturer’s product

submittals. i. Submittals will be stamped as follows:

Stamp Interpretation

Unaltered Fabrication, manufacturer’s or construction may proceed provided submittal complies with the Contract Documents

For corrections as noted prior to general issue

Fabrication, manufacturer’s or construction may proceed provided submittal complies with the Contract Documents and the Engineer’s notation are complied with.

For Re-submission The submittal does not comply with the Contract Documents; do not proceed with fabrication, manufacture, or construction. The work and shop drawings are not permitted at the job site. Re-submit appropriate shop drawings.

j. Submit materials and equipment by manufacturer, trade name, and model number.

Include copies of applicable brochure or catalog material. Maintenance and operating manuals are not acceptable substitutes for shop drawings.

k. Identify each sheet of printed submittal pages (using arrows, underlining or circling)

to show applicable sizes, types, model numbers, ratings, capacities and options actually being proposed. Cross out non-applicable information. Note specified features such as materials or paint finishes.

l. Include dimensional data for roughing in and installation and technical data sufficient

to verify that equipment meets the requirements of Contract Documents. Include wiring, piping and service connection data.

m. Maintain a complete set of reviewed and stamped shop drawings and product data

and samples on the project site.

Page 15: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

8 of 10

n. The work described on shop drawings submission shall be carefully checked by all

trades for clearances (including those required for maintenance and servicing), field conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and coordination with other trades on the job. Each submitted shop shall include a certification that related job conditions have been checked by the Contractor and each Sub-Contractor and that conflicts does not exist.

o. The Contractor is not relieved of the responsibility for dimensions or errors that may

be contained on submissions, or for deviations from the requirements of the Contractor Documents. The noting of some errors but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained on the Shop Drawings, product data and samples, the Contract Documents govern the work and are neither waived nor superseded and samples, the Contract Documents govern the work and are neither waived nor superseded in any way by the review of Shop Drawings, product data and samples.

p. Inadequate and incomplete shop drawings, product and/or samples will not be

reviewed and will be returned to the Contractor for re-submittal. q. Indicate the following on the lower right hand corner of each shop drawing and on

the front cover of each product brochure cover. The submittal identification number; title of the Contractor, Sub-Contractor, manufacturer, supplier, and vendor; the date of submittal; and the date of each correction, version and revision. Number all pages and drawing in product data brochures consecutively from beginning to end. Unless the above information is included, the submittal will be submitted for re-submission. Re-submittals of product data or brochures shall include a cover letter summarizing the corrections made in response for the review comments.

r. The distribution equipment, short circuit and coordination study, and room layout

submittals shall be submitted concurrently. Failure to submit concurrently may result in the immediate return of the submittal marked FOR RE-SUBMISSION.

3.4 COORDINATION OF WORK

a. Contract Documents establish scope, materials and quality but are not detailed installation instruction. Drawings are only diagrammatic.

b. Coordinate work with related trades and furnish, in writing, any information

necessary to permit the work of related trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible conflict or delay.

c. The ELECTRICAL drawings show the general arrangement of equipment and

appurtenances. Follow these drawings as closely as the actual construction and the work of other trades will permit. Provide off-sets, fittings, and accessories which may be required but not shown on the drawings. Investigate the site, and review drawings of other trades to determine conditions affecting the work, and provide such work and accessories as may be required to accommodate such conditions.

d. It shall be understood that the final location of outlets, lighting fixtures, sprinkler

heads, smoke detectors, duct smoke detectors, manual call stations, fire alarm horn with strobe light, supply and return air outlets, thermostats, Electrical Panelboards, etc., may be moved in the field by a distance of 4.57 meters (15 ft.) from the location shown without extra cost, provided such notice is given prior to installation.

Page 16: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

9 of 10

e. Exercise particular caution with reference to the location of panels, outlets, switches, etc., and have the precise and definite locations accepted by the Project Manager before processing with the installation.

f. The drawings show only the general run of utilities and approximate location of

outlets. Any significant changes in location of outlets, cabinets, etc., necessary in order to meet field conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Project Manager for review before such alterations are made. Modifications shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.

g. Verify with the Project Manager the exact location and mounting height of outlets,

thermostats and equipment not dimensionally located on the Drawings. h. Circuit tags in the form of numbers are used where shown to indicate the circuit

designation number in electrical panelboards. Show the actual numbers on the As Built Drawings and on the associated typed panelboard directory card. Where circuiting is not indicated, provide circuiting in accordance with the loading indicated on the Drawings and/or as indicated.

i. The drawings generally do not indicate the number of wires in conduit for the branch

circuit wiring of fixtures and outlet, or the actual circuiting. Provide the correct wire size and quantity as required by the indicated circuiting and/or circuit numbers indicated, the control intent, reference wiring diagrams (if any), the specified voltage drop or maximum distance limitations, and 5% maximum for feeders and branches (3% maximum on either feeder or branch).

j. Carefully check space requirements with other trades to ensure that the equipment

can be installed in the space allotted. k. Whenever work interconnects with work of other trades, coordinate with other trades

to ensure that they have the information necessary so that they may properly install the necessary connections and equipment. Identify items (remote ballast, pull boxes, box type fluorescent lighting fixtures for Accent Lighting, etc.) requiring access in order that the Ceiling Trade will know where to install access doors and panels.

l. Consult with other trades regarding equipment so that, whenever possible, motor

controls and distribution equipment are of the same manufacturer. m. Furnish and set sleeves for passage of Electrical risers through structural masonry

and concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as required for the proper protection of each Electrical riser passing through building surfaces.

n. Provide fire stopping of approved materials around all pipes, conduits, ducts,

sleeves. o. Provide detailed information on openings and holes required in pre-cast members

for ELECTRICAL utilities. p. Provide required supports and hangers for conduit and equipment, designed so as

not to exceed allowable loading of structures. q. Examine and compare the Contract Drawings and Specifications with the drawings

and specifications of other trades, and report any discrepancies between them to the Project Manager and obtain written instructions for changes necessary in the work. Install and coordinate the work with other related trades. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interference.

Page 17: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Electrical General Requirements

10 of 10

r. Whenever the work is of sufficient complexity, prepare additional detail drawings

scale to coordinate the work with the work of other trades. Detailed work shall be clearly identified on the drawings as to the area to which it applies. Submit these drawings to the Architect for review. At completion, include a set of these drawings with each set of record drawings.

s. Furnish services of an experienced Project Superintendent, who shall be in constant

charge of all work, and who shall coordinate work with the work of other trades. No work shall be installed without coordinating with other trades.

t. Coordinate with the local electric utility company, the local telephone company and

the local cable TV company about their requirements for service connections and provide all necessary metering provisions, grounding, materials, equipment, labor, testing, and appurtenances.

u. Before commencing work, examine adjoining work on which work is in any way

affected and report conditions which prevent performance of the work. Become thoroughly familiar with actual existing conditions to which connection must be made or which must be changed or altered.

v. Adjust location of conduits, panels, equipment, etc., to accommodate the work to

prevent interference, both anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact route and location of each conduit prior to fabrication.

(1) Right-of-Way: Lines which pitch have the right-of-way over those which do

not pitch. For example: Lines whose elevations cannot be changed have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed.

(2) Provide offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit as required to maintain proper head room and pitch on sloping lines. (i) In cases of doubt as to the work intended, or in the event of need

for explanation, request supplementary instructions from the Project Manager.

******

Page 18: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

1 of 24

SECTION 16206 - POWER GENERATING PLANTS, DIESEL ELECTRIC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

Provide and install diesel electric generating units with accessories, auxiliary equipment, including testing, commissioning, and associated work as specified.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

a. Detailed drawing of Engine Generator Set with dimensioned locations of components and external connections and attachments. Indicate position of shell and tube heat exchanger.

b. Engine manufacturer’s specifications, performance data, certified power output

curves, and certified fuel consumption curves. c. Calculations certifying that the net engine horsepower is equal to or greater than 1.45

horsepower per kilowatt less parasitic loads specified ambient conditions with engine manufacturer’s supporting data.

d. Exhaust system Back Pressure Calculations certifying that the engine exhaust system

with proposed silencer and piping as indicated on the mechanical drawings for this installation is within the manufacturer’s criteria.

e. Starting battery sizing calculations showing compliance with specifications at ambient

conditions. f. Drawing showing battery cell and jar conditions. g. Certified vibration seismic restraint details and product data showing the number and

location of each support of each support and restraint and the exact number, size, and type of each anchor. Submit for engine generator set, exhaust silencer and battery rack.

h. Manufacturer’s product data sheets, specifications, and wiring diagrams for each

engine generator system component. i. Detailed point to point wiring diagrams. j. Manufacturer’s statement that the overall design and specification has been reviewed

and is satisfactory for system performance or list of exceptions. k. Name and location of factory authorized service agency to approve and start-up

installation. l. Name and Location of factory authorized agency to perform warranty and service

work. m. Name and location of Certified Third Party Testing Agency to perform Field Testing. n. Certified prototype, Factory, and Field Test Reports. o. The Contractor shall submit details of Exhaust System of the Generator Set per Item

1.2 of Part 2: Product Prior to procurement.

Page 19: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

2 of 24

1.2.1 Factory Tests and Inspections

a. Factory Tests (1) Factory tests shall be conducted by the manufacturer. (2) Owner’s representatives may elect to witness factory testing. Provide 14

days advance notification. (3) Test alarm points. (4) Test shutdown points.

4 hour, 100% resistive and reactive load test at full load and power factor. And 1 hour at 110% load.

(i) Monitor voltage stability. (ii) Monitor frequency stability. (iii) Apply and remove load in 25% increments.

(5) Oscillograph chart recordings of voltage and frequency of generator set transient performance for 100% step load addition and subtraction indicating compliance with Specifications.

b. Field Test

(1) Field tests shall be conducted by Factory trained certified technicians.

(2) Field and testing shall occur after installation is complete and the room is

secure.

(3) Test engine start circuits, time delay circuits, status points, and system control points.

(4) Perform 4 hour at 100% full resistive load at 110% load at using a

temporary load bank. Unsuccessful tests shall be fully documented, submitted, re-tested until successful.

1.2.1.1Generating Unit Shop Tests

Perform customary commercial factory tests on each engine, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

a. Perform hydrostatic test on water jackets to assure that water seals and water jackets

are watertight. Test report shall indicate pressure at which test was made and the results.

b. Place generating unit in continuous operation without stoppage for a period of not less

than 8 hours. Operate not less than one hour at each load point (½, 3/4, and full load) and 2 hours at 110 percent of rated load at either 0.80 or 1.0 power factor. If stoppage becomes necessary during this period, repeat the 8-hour run. Also record the following data at the start, at 15-minute intervals, and at the end of each load run. Fuel consumption (correct fuel consumption results to guarantee conditions); exhaust temperatures; and jacket water temperatures, lube oil temperature and pressures, crankcase vacuum, and any other data of importance.

Page 20: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

3 of 24

1.2.1.2 Generator Tests

a. Temperature tests on the generator shall be performed by the manufacturer of that equipment in his own plant prior to installation on the generating unit-mounting base. Temperature tests shall be in accordance with IEEE 115. Generator tests shall include insulation resistance, dielectric resistance, open circuit saturation, short circuit saturation, zero power factor, 60 Hz saturation curve, direct-axis transient reactance, negative sequence reactance tests. All test data shall be submitted to the Owner. Calculations of the sub transient reactance using test values shall be included in the test report.

1.2.1.3 Shop Drawings

As soon as practicable, after notice to proceed and before commencement of placement of orders for materials and equipment, submit shop drawings listed below.

1.2.1.3.1Drawings pertaining to the diesel-generating unit and auxiliary equipment, including the

following:

a. Certified outline, general arrangement (setting plan), and anchor bolt details. Drawings shall show the total weight and center of gravity of the assembled equipment on mounting skid.

b. General arrangement and detail piping of exhaust and air intake-piping systems. c. Dimensional drawings of exhaust silencers. d. General arrangement drawings location of all auxiliary equipment in relation to the

diesel-generating unit. e. Piping schematics for fuel oil, lubricating oil, jacket water, and cooling water.

1.2.1.3.2 Drawings for general arrangement, and anchoring detail drawings, electrical elemental,

schematics and wiring diagrams. 1.2.2 Manuals

Provide three (3) sets of operation and maintenance manuals for equipment as listed. Identification symbols for all replaceable parts and assemblies shall be included. Information in manuals shall be comprehensive and specific. Provide manuals for the following equipment:

a. Diesel-electric generating units and associated equipment. Manual shall include fuel

adjustment procedure and maximum tolerances of wear on bearings and other rubbing surfaces that will require corrective measures.

b. Battery Charger c. Battery Inspection and Maintenance

1.2.3 Factory Test Reports

Submit within 10 days after completion of tests. 1.2.4 Tools, Testing Equipment, and Spare Parts

Submit a recommended list for each item of equipment. Include all special tools and wrenches required for erection, maintenance, and operation of the equipment, and the

Page 21: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

4 of 24

necessary testing equipment to perform routine tests on lubricating oil for acidity, viscosity, and dirt. The list shall consider the total number of identical items of equipment in the plant, location of the plant, and availability of spares from the factory. Include part number, drawings number, current unit prices, and source of supply. The foregoing shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities under the guarantee.

1.2.5 Posted Operating Instructions

Shall be laminated between matter-surface thermoplastic sheets and placed adjacent to applicable equipment.

1.2.6 Proposal Data Sheets

Submit the following performance data and guarantees pertaining to each engine and to the auxiliary equipment proposed to be furnished:

1.2.6.1 Diesel Generating Unit Data:

a. Make of engine __________________

b. Type or model of engine __________________

c. Gross bhp rating of engine __________________

d. Net bhp rating of engine __________________

e. Strokes per cycle __________________

f. Number of cylinders __________________

g. Bore and stroke, inches __________________

h. Engine speed, rpm __________________

i. Piston speed, fpm __________________

j. Brake mean effective pressure __________________

at full load

k. KW rating of generator __________________

l. kVA rating of generator __________________

m. Gross kW rating of generating unit __________________

n. Net kW rating of generating unit __________________

ñ. Make of turbocharger/s __________________

Gross rating shall be the total rated power output before deducting power requirements of any electric motor-driven equipment. Net ratings shall be equal to gross ratings minus the total power requirements of electric motor-driven accessories normally constituting part of "Engine Assembly" as defined in DEMA Standard Practices.

1.2.7 Diesel Generating Unit Guarantees

(Fractional loads shall be calculated on basis of net ratings unless otherwise called for.) a. Fuel Consumption at 0.80 pf

1/2 Load _________________ 3/4 Load _________________ Full Load _________________

b. Fuel Consumption at 1.00 pf

Page 22: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

5 of 24

1/2 Load _________________ 3/4 Load _________________ Full Load _________________

c. Fuel Consumption

1/2 Load _________________ 3/4 Load _________________ Full Load _________________

d. Generator Efficiency (%)

At 0.80 power factor: 1/2 of net rated load _________________ 3/4 of net rated load _________________ Full net rated load _________________ At 1.00 power factor: 1/2 of net rated load _________________ 3/4 of net rated load _________________ Full net rated load _________________ 1.2.8 Diesel Engine Data

a. Indicated hp at full load ________________

b. Mechanical efficiency at full load (%) ________________

c. Minimum cylinder pressure, psig ________________

d. Starting air pressure, (psig) ________________

e. Approximate exhaust temperature (F)

25% Load ________________ 50% Load ________________ 75% Load ________________ Full Load ________________ 110% Load ________________ f. Weight of exhaust gas at full load (1B OER hr) ________________ g. Weight of intake air at full load (1b per hr) ________________ h. Total heat rejected at full load (Btu per hr) ________________ (1) To jacket water systems ________________ (2) To lubricating oil systems ________________ (3) To intercooler system ________________ (4) Total to cooling system ________________ i. Optimum jacket water temperature ________________ to engine (°F) at 100% load j. Optimum jacket water temperature ________________ from engine (°F) at 100% load k. Maximum safe jacket water ________________ temperature from engine (°F) l. Optimum lubricating oil ________________ temperature to engine (°F) at

Page 23: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

6 of 24

100% load m. Optimum lubricating oil ________________ temperature from engine (°F) at 100% load n. Maximum safe lubricating oil ________________ temperature from engine (°F) o. Lubricating oil flow through ________________ lubricating oil heat exchanger at 110% rated full load at _____°F to heat exchanger, ______°F from heat exchanger (gpm) p. Head loss through lubricating oil ________________ heat exchanger at flow listed above in o (psi) q. Cooling water flow through lubricating ________________ oil heat exchanger at 110% rated full load at _____°F to heat exchanger _____°F from heat exchanger (gpm) r. Head loss through lubricating ________________ oil heat exchanger at flow listed above in q (psi) s. Jacket water flow through ________________ engine at full load at _____ °F to engine, _____ °F from engine (gpm) t. Head loss through engine at flow ________________ listed above in s (psi) u. Cooling water flow through ________________ intercooler (gpm) v. Lubricating oil consumption in ________________ gallons per hour at full load (estimated) w. Recommended grade and type of ________________ lubricating oil 1.2.9 Generator and Exciter Data: a. Make of generator proposed ________________

b. Generator short circuit ratio ________________

c. Generator over speed limit (%) ________________

d. Generator flywheel effect (1b-ft2) ________________

e. Test Voltage: (1) Generator stator ________________ (2) Generator rotor ________________ (3) Exciter ________________ 1.3 Safety Requirements

Page 24: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

7 of 24

Comply with ANSI B15.1.

1.4 Delivery and Storage

Deliver paints and paint material in original sealed containers plainly showing designated name, specification number, batch number, color, and date of manufacture, manufacturer's directions, and name of manufacturer. Store paint at project site in sealed and labeled containers, or segregate at the source of supply, and make available for sampling not less than 30 days in advance or required approval for use to allow sufficient time for testing.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Materials and Equipment

Furnish new material of high quality, which will give long life and reliable operation. Equipment shall not have been in prior service except as required by factory tests. Workmanship shall be of highest quality in every detail.

2.2 DIESEL-ELECTRIC GENERATING UNITS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

The generating unit shall consist of a diesel engine direct-connected to an alternating current generator with brushless revolving field solid-state excitation system and all necessary accessories and auxiliary equipment resulting in complete self-contained unit.

2.2.1 Equipment Rating and Capability

The diesel-electric generating unit shall have a net standby rating capacity as indicated in the plans at 0.8 power factor. Gross kW rating of each diesel-generating unit shall be not more than the figure obtained by multiplying the delivered shaft horsepower rating of the engine by 0.746 and by the over-all efficiency of the generator at the corresponding load. The over-all efficiency of the generator shall allow for power required to operate the exciter, including power consumed in losses and in windage and friction for generator and rotating exciter. Rated net capacity of the generating unit is defined as gross electrical power output of the generator minus total electrical power requirements of electric motor driven engine accessories normally constituting part of "engine assembly" as defined in DEMA publication "Standard Practices for Stationary Diesel and Gas Engines"." All auxiliary equipment furnished shall be designed for continuous duty at 110 percent of rated net capacity of the generating unit.

2.2.2 Critical Speeds

The diesel-electric generating unit shall be free of critical speeds of either a major or minor order that will endanger satisfactory operation of the unit, or cause undue vibration in any part of plant equipment or structure. Satisfactory operation will be considered endangered if torsional vibration stresses exceed 5,000 psi within 10 percent above or below rated engine speed. Submit copies of a summary of computations on critical speeds to the Owner.

2.2.3 Mounting Base

Factory mount diesel generating unit and its auxiliaries, except the fuel oil day tank and exhaust silencer on a common base fabricated of structural steel sections. The structural base shall be of the skid type and shall have adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of the equipment mounted thereon without dependence on a concrete foundation. Field erect exhaust silencer as indicated. Provide all necessary piping, etc., to make a

Page 25: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

8 of 24

complete installation. Steel used in fabrication of the mounting base shall be free from sharp bend and corners. Provide base with suitable lifting attachments. Locate attachments so that, when the equipment is hoisted, adequate clearance will exist between lifting slings and all exterior parts of the equipment. A diagram showing the lifting attachments shall be inscribed in a copper or zinc base alloy plate securely fastened to the outside of the unit with the lifting capacity of each attachment marked thereon. Provide a silhouette of the equipment showing the center of gravity. Overall limiting dimensions shall be 1.83 m wide x 4.30 m long x 2.24 m high. Provide foundation for permanently installed generating units.

2.2.4 Diesel Engines and Accessories

Engines, 4-stroke, turbo-charged, after cooled, vertical "V" type. Design and construct each engine so as to eliminate undue heating, vibration, and wear. Engines shall be capable of burning diesel fuel oil. Characteristics of the engine shall be as follows:

a. Brake mean effective pressure, 226 psi: 1558.2 kPa;

b. Engine speed, rpm: 1,800;

c. Piston speed, 9.1m/s;

d. Number of cylinders: Minimum 12; Maximum 16.

Base the rating of each engine on plant site elevation of 100 meter above mean sea level and an atmospheric temperature of 40°C.

2.2.4.1 General Construction

Construct the engine rigid, neat in appearance, and allow easy access to various parts for maintenance purposes. Frame shall be heavy construction. Enclose all parts to prevent throwing or dripping oil. Main bearings and connecting rod bearings shall be of ample size and shall have removable shells. Where design permits, provide removable oil proof covers to permit access to bearings. Crankshaft shall have a rigid or flexible coupling for connection to the flywheel and/or generator. Provide adequate crankcase explosion relief doors. Arrange pistons for oil cooling. Flywheel shall be solid-type, arranged to facilities barring over the engine if not located in the generator.

2.2.4.2 Assembly

Completely shop assembled of the engine. Mount turbocharger, intercooler and all piping integral with the engine, on the engine.

2.2.4.3 Turbocharger

Turbine-type driven by exhaust gas from engine cylinders, and direct-connected to blower supplying air to the engine intake manifold. Turbocharger shall be pressure-lubricated. Provide all necessary supports and connections.

2.2.4.4 Intercoolers

Tubular heat exchanger type for cooling intake air from turbochargers. Limit capacity and size to capability of the cooling water system provided. Cooling water may be engine jacket water obtained from the radiator if design permits or may be a separate closed system utilizing a separate section in the radiator to obtain cooling water. The circulating water pump shall be a built-on pump driven from the engine crankshaft or camshaft. Provide all necessary intercooling equipment, including valves, controls, and integral piping.

2.2.4.5 Engine Lubricating Oil System

Provide engine with a full pressure lubricating oil system arranged to distribute oil to all moving parts of the engine and to cool the pistons. Systems shall include a positive

Page 26: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

9 of 24

displacement pump, pressure regulating valves, oil filter, oil level indicator, and crankcase ventilator if design requires, and the necessary piping and fittings. Provide all necessary stop, check, pressure relief, and pressure control valves. Maintain temperature of lubricating oil entering the engine distribution system at the optimum value as recommended by the engine manufacturer for the best engine life with the engine operating continuously at any load within the engine rating and under the conditions specified herein. System shall include the following major items of equipment, all mounted on the engine or on the mounting base. All equipment complete with stop valves, check valve, pressure and temperature control valves as required for a complete system shall be included and pre-piped as an integral system prior to shipment. Blank off connections for external piping with wood blind flanges or plugs.

a. Lubricating oil circulation pump shall be driven from the engine crankshaft or

camshaft and shall be of positive displacement type. Pump shall have ample capacity to circulate the amount of lubricating oil and cooling oil required by the engine. Equip pump with a bypass relief valve.

b. Lubricating Oil Filtration: Provide each engine with a full flow filter and a full flow

strainer.

(1) Full Flow Strainer: Shall be provided in the piping downstream from the full flow filter and immediately ahead of the engine bearing supply header. Strainer baskets shall be 300-mesh having free area not less than four times the area of its body piping connections.

(2) Lubricating Oil Filter: Shall be of base mounted spin-on design with integral

full flow, throw-away type element. Filter assembly shall be capable of passing the full flow engine circulating rate and removing not less than 90 percent of the particles 10 microns and larger. Provide two spare sets of replacement elements for each filter with each unit.

c. Lubricating Oil Cooler: Provide one cooler for each engine. Cooler shall have ample

capacity to remove the total amount of heat rejected to the lubricating oil from the engine at 110 percent rated full load. Cooler shall limit the temperature of the lubricating oil entering the engine to the optimum temperature recommended by the engine manufacturer when supplied with engine jacket cooling medium from the radiator. Temperature rise of the engine jacket cooling medium across the cooler shall be limited so that temperature of the cooling medium leaving the cooler will not be higher than the optimum temperature as recommended by the engine manufacturer for water to the engine water jackets. Coolers shall be single or multiple passes, shell, and tube heat exchangers of the channel type. Design the cooler for engine jacket cooling medium through the tubes. Pressure drop across the cooler on either the tube side or shell side shall not exceed 10 psi.

d. Thermostatic Control Valve: Provide valve in the lubricating oil system to maintain a

constant lubricating oil temperature to the engine. Valve shall be modulating type utilizing self-contained thermostats equipped with three-way valve action. Valve shall be capable of passing the total lubricating oil flow requirement of the engine as determined by the engine manufacturer with a pressure drop across the valve not to exceed 5 psi. Provide valve with one or more interchangeable thermostatic elements. Thermostat shall be non-adjustable type and factory-set at the temperature recommended by the engine manufacturer. Design valve to fail-safe, permitting oil flow through the engine. Thermostat housings shall be all-bronze construction.

2.2.4.6 Engine Fuel Oil System

Shall conform to NFPA 30 and 37 and the requirements herein. Employ a mechanical fuel injection system using a common rail system or an individual pump system. Injection pumps shall be an integral part of the engine and shall be operated by the

Page 27: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

10 of 24

engine camshaft. Provide suitable adjustments for timing and for balancing of cylinder pressures.

a. Fuel Oil Supply Pump: Provide a built-on positive displacement pump driven from

the engine crankshaft or camshaft. Pump capacity shall suit engine requirements under the maximum load condition.

b. Fuel Oil Priming Pump: Provide a suitable positive displacement pump for priming

the fuel system, if required, to assure quick starting, and arranged to operate with the automatic starting system.

c. Fuel Oil Filters: Provide and install a filter in the piping ahead of the injection pumps.

Provide generator units with a parallel filter arrangement having built-in changeover valves allowing either filter to be used independently and designed to allow changeover to be made during operation. Filter arrangement shall be such as to allow replacement of elements in one filter while the other filter is in operation.

2.2.4.7 Engine Starting System

Shall be of the type, which will enable instantaneous starting of the diesel engine with ambient temperatures between 29.4°C and 34.4°C. Arrange system to automatically start the engine and be integrated in sequence with the automatic controls. The starting system shall be of the following:

2.2.4.7.1 Electric Starting System Shall utilize a 24-volt direct current electric circuit, with negative polarity grounded,

energized by storage batteries. Cranking motor shall be heavy-duty type with adequate capacity to crank the engine repeatedly to start within 5 minutes in an ambient temperature of 34.4°C (94°F). Design the drive mechanisms for engaging the starting motor with the engine flywheel to inherently engage and release without binding.

(1) Engine Starting Battery: Batteries shall be provided, per ARP 1817-84, adequate

to supply the engine starting system. Battery shall be heavy-duty industrial type. Battery shall have a voltage rating of not less than 24 volts and shall employ the multi-tubular positive plat construction. The voltage and ampere- hour rating of the battery shall be sufficient to provide not less than 5 minutes of cranking at 34.4°C (94°F) while retaining a battery voltage of 1.0 volt or more per cell. Specific gravity shall not exceed 1.250. Battery shall be complete with connectors and cable terminals and shall be firmly anchored in racks in a battery compartment. Racks and compartment shall be finished in a manner to permanently resist acid corrosion. Insulate compartment. Provide all electrical wiring, cable, and wiring accessories as necessary to interconnect the dc apparatus to the batteries. The engine starting battery shall not be used for governor control, switchgear control, alarm system and similar devices.

(2) Battery Charger: The engine starting battery charger shall be enclosed,

wall-mounted, constant-voltage, heavy- duty, industrial type designed for operation from a 240-volt, single-phase, 60-hertz, A.C. supply. Charger shall be suitable for keeping the diesel engine starting batteries in a charged condition during periods when the engine is idle. Rectifier elements shall be silicon diodes capable of continuous operation at full rated load (12 amperes) with convection cooling in ambient temperatures up to 120°F. Control the charger output by a magnetic amplifier or semiconductor devices which shall maintain 2.20 volts per cell within plus or minus one percent, from zero to full load current, when operating at the float voltage setting, and during variations in supply voltage of plus or minus 10 percent. Charger output shall be continuously adjusted automatically from zero to 12 amperes, depending on state of charge of battery. Provide voltmeter and ammeter to show charger output. Voltmeter dial shall have red markings to show

Page 28: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

11 of 24

lower and upper limits of the normal operating range. Provide a 0-24 hour range timer for equalizing charges. When timer is manually turned on, charger output shall be automatically adjusted to 2.33 volts per cell. When timer runs out, charger output shall be automatically restored to normal floating voltage. Equip charger with protective relays to be interlocked with engine starting circuit, to disconnect the ac supply to the charger during engine cranking and to ensure against charger failure upon resumption of charging following a cranking operation. Charger enclosure shall be made of corrosion-resistant material.

2.2.4.8 Engine Cooling System Shall be a closed system including an engine driven jacket water pump, radiator,

expansion tank, thermostatic control valve and all piping valves, and fittings necessary for interconnecting all items of equipment.

a. Jacket Water Pump: Shall be centrifugal type built-on the engine and driven from

the engine crankshaft or camshaft. Pump shall have ample capacity to circulate the required flow of engine jacket water through the radiator to remove the total heat rejected from the engine to the jacket water, lubricating oil and intercooler at 110 percent rated load while maintaining the optimum jacket water temperature leaving and entering the engine as recommended by the engine manufacturer.

b. Intercooler Water Pump: Shall be as specified for jacket water pump except

capacity horizontal capacity shall be that required to circulate the required flow from the radiator through the intercooler to remove the total heat rejected from the radiator through the intercooler to remove the total heat rejected from the radiator through the intercooler to remove the total heat rejected from the radiator through the intercooler to remove the total heat rejected from the intercooler to the circulating water at 110 percent rated.

c. Radiator: Provide engine subbase mounted radiators of the forced draft type with

horizontal air discharge as standard with the engine manufacturer. The radiator shall be in accordance with the engine manufacturer's standard design for the engine furnished except that the tube cores shall be non-ferrous metal other than aluminum. Radiator unit shall have ample capacity to remove not less than the total Btu per hour of heat rejected by its respective engine at 110 percent full-rated load to the jacket water, lubricating oil, and intercooler systems. Rate radiator capacity of optimum temperature of the cooling medium leaving the engine as recommended by the engine manufacturer with a dry bulb air temperature of 34°C (94°F) and at a plant elevation of 100 meter above mean sea level. Sizing shall be based on water as the cooling medium. Pressure drop through the radiator shall not exceed 0.56 kg/sq.cm. When circulating the maximum required water flow.

d. Thermostatic Control Valve: Provide valve for installation in the jacket water

system of the engine to maintain constant jacket water temperature to the engine. Thermostatic valve shall be modulating type utilizing self-contained thermostats without use of external bulb, and equipped with three-way valve action. Valve shall be capable of passing water flow as, determined by the engine manufacturer, with a reasonable pressure drop across the valve. Provide valve with one or more interchangeable thermostatic elements. Thermostat shall be non-adjustable type and operating temperature factory-set at the temperature recommended by the engine manufacturer. Design valve so that in event of thermostatic element failure it will fail-safe, permitting water flow through the engine. Thermostat housings shall be all-bronze construction.

e. Expansion Tank: Provide separate expansion tank of adequate size if the radiator

does not contain adequate provisions to handle the amount of expansion of the cooling water in the system, which will be experienced from a cold start to normal

Page 29: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

12 of 24

operating condition. Construct tank of not less than 4.7 mm steel plates with welded joints and necessary stiffeners. Provide tank with a gage glass and petcock assembly.

f. Flexible Connectors: Flexible hose for connecting piping to radiator shall be same

size as the connecting pipe. Hose shall be non-collapsible type when under a vacuum and suitable for maximum working pressure of 50 psig with water at temperature of 180°F. Inside face of the hose shall be non-porous rubber and smooth. Outer cover shall be tough fabric, which resists aging, sun-checking, and moderate abrasion. Provide ends of flexible hose with steel pipe nipples, flanges, and clamps to suit type of connections on radiator and connecting piping.

2.2.4.9 Governing System

Provide the diesel-electric generating unit with a speed governing system and an independently driven overspeed limit engine shutdown device. Provide an electronic type governor and shall maintain specified stability without hunting, cycling, or other irregularities. Governor shall include provisions for adjusting speed droop, and speed while unit is in operation. Governor characteristics shall conform to the following:

a. Minimum range of speed changer (expressed as percent of rated speed): -15 to

+5. b. Observed speed band shall not exceed (expressed as percent deviation of rated

speed): ± 0.25. c. Transient speed deviation shall not exceed (expressed as percent deviation for

sudden addition or removal of 25 percent load): ± 3.0. d. Time to return to limits of (b) above must not exceed (after sudden load change of

(c) above): 3 sec. e. Minimum manual speed regulation range adjustment (expressed as percent of

rated speed): 0 to 5. 2.2.4.10 Engine Protective Devices Provide the engine with protective devices as follows: a. Engine Shutdown: Equip the engine with shutdown devices as listed herein.

These devices shall shut down engine by shutting off the fuel supply to the engine. Shutdown devices shall be positive and direct in action and independent of the governor. Shutdown devices shall also actuate a shutdown relay on the switchgear, which shall disable the engine starting circuit until manually reset. Shutdown devices shall have adjustable set points and shall be equipped with auxiliary electrical contacts, which close when the device operates. Auxiliary contacts shall be suitable for 24-volt D.C. service and shall be used for opening the generator main circuit breaker. Provide the following shutdown devices:

(1) Overspeed device that operates if engine speed exceeds normal

synchronous speed by 10 percent. Device shall require manual reset. (2) Pressure switch, which operates if lubricating oil pressure to turbocharger,

drops below a preset value. (3) Pressure switch, which operate if lubricating oil pressure, drops below a

preset value. (4) Temperature switch, which operates if jacket water temperature exceeds a

preset value.

Page 30: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

13 of 24

(5) Other shutdown devices as recommended by the engine manufacturer. b. Electrical Interlocks: Equip throttle valve or starting mechanism with two sets of

auxiliary contacts for interlocking with generator main breaker control circuit. With throttle value open, one set of auxiliary contacts shall be open and one set closed. Auxiliary contacts shall be suitable for 24-volt D.C. service.

2.2.4.11 Engine Alarm Contact Devices

Equip the engine with alarm devices, relays, and auxiliary contacts, as required, to actuate alarm system on the associated generator switchgear panel. Auxiliary contacts shall be suitable for 24-volt D.C. service. Alarm devices shall have adjustable set points. Provide the following alarm contact devices:

a. Pressure switch in engine lubricating oil system from engine to operate if pressure

drops below a preset value. b. Pressure switch in turbocharger lubricating oil system piping to operate if pressure

drops below a preset value. c. Temperature switch in the jacket water discharge piping from the engine to operate

if temperature exceeds a preset a preset value. Device shall have an adjustable range between 100°F and 212°F.

d. Temperature switch in lubricating oil-piping manifold leaving the engine to operate if

temperature exceeds a preset value . e. Low-level switch in the engines' day tank.

f. Other alarm devices as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 2.2.4.12 Engine Accessories Provide the following accessories for the engine where design permits:

a. Anchor bolts, nuts, and vibration isolators for mounting the generating unit mounting skid to a concrete sub-base.

b. Exhaust manifold

c. Air intake manifold d. All necessary piping normally attached to the engine.

e. Indicating thermometers on cooling water inlet to engine and outlet from engine.

f. Hand operated barring gear in accordance with DEMA Standard.

g. Indicating thermometers on lubricating oil inlet and outlet.

h. Indicating thermometer on turbocharger lubricating oil outlet.

2.2.4.13 Air Intake and Exhaust Systems

Provide the engine with air intake and exhaust systems. Include piping, fittings, and expansion joints necessary to interconnect equipment with the engine.

a. Air Intake Filter: Provide the engine with dry type filter. Filter shall be capable of

Page 31: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

14 of 24

removing dirt and abrasives from intake air to the degree of cleanliness required by the engine. Size the filter to suit engine requirements at 110 percent of rated full load. Design unit to permit easy access to the filter for maintenance purposes. Connection on the engine shall be suitable for engine mounted filter remote installation of filter.

b. Air Intake Silencers: Provide the engine, if required, to limit noise of intake air

system to a level below the audible mechanical noise level of the engine. Silencers shall be as recommended by the silencer manufacturer for the engine furnished.

c. Exhaust Silencers: Provide industrial grade silencers. d. Expansion Joints: Provide suitable sections of multiply corrugated stainless

steel expansion joints with liner in the engine exhaust piping for each engine to absorb expansion strains and vibration in the piping. Air intake expansion joints shall be as specified for the exhaust or may be metal reinforced rubber type. Joints shall be of the same size as the pipe.

2.2.4.14 Piping Requirements

Piping integral with the engine shall be of the material normally utilized by the engine manufacturer. Piping required to connect auxiliary equipment into the engine fuel oil, cooling water, and lubricating oil system shall be steel, Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM A53, Grade A. Except for lubricating oil service, fittings 50 mm or smaller shall be of malleable iron conforming to ANSI B16.3, 136 kg standard threaded type. Fittings 50 mm or smaller for fuel oil and lubricating oil service shall B 136 kg forged steel socket welding, conforming to ANSI B16.11. Fittings larger than 50 mm shall be ANSI 68 kg standard steel butt-welding, conforming to ANSI B16.9. Flanges shall be ANSI 68 kg standard slip-on welding flanges material conforming to ASTM A181. Gate valves 50 mm and smaller shall be double disk, rising stem, inside screw type, 68 kg class bronze gate larger than 50 mm shall be double disk, parallel seat type, hydraulic-rated, 14 kg/cm² class, outside screw and yoke type with flanged ends and brass trim. Globe valves 50 mm and smaller shall be 57 kg class bronze valves, larger than 50 mm shall be 57 kg class cast iron, flanged ends, and bronze trim. All globe valves shall have renewable composition discs suitable for the service encountered. Check valves shall be swing check type. Plug valves shall be lubricated taper plug type, 57 kg class. All plug valves shall be wrench operated. Plug valves one inch and smaller shall have screwed ends, larger than one inch shall have flanged ends. Piping for instruments shall be copper tubing suitable for solder type or flared-tube fittings. Fittings shall be wrought copper type. Valves shall be ANSI 57 kg standard brass with screwed-ends. Use flexible pipe, or other approved means, to connect system piping from auxiliary equipment to the engine to minimize transmission of vibration.

2.2.4.15 Engine Gage Panel

Provide panel complete with cabinet and accessories for the engine. Cabinet shall be enclosed type fabricated of not lighter than 11-gage sheet steel. Construct cabinet with angle iron framework, if required, for proper stiffness and support. Size the cabinet to accommodate the equipment specified herein when arranged in an orderly and approved manner. Factory-mount gage panel on the engine unit base. Use isolation mounting material between the base and the control panel to isolate the panel from engine vibrations. Provide all panel-mounted instruments and gages with suitable nameplates of laminated black gloss-finished plastic with white engraved lettering. Provide piping and tubing as required to connect gages. Furnish and install the following apparatus on the gage panel:

a. Pressure Gages: ANSI B40.1, and have the pressure detecting class, 114 mm

nominal diameter, with silver or white dials and black markings. Duplex gages

Page 32: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

15 of 24

shall be of the two Bourdon tube style; gages for all other services shall be single Bourdon tube style. Provide gages with shutoff needle valves and suitable pressure snubbers. Provide gages for the following instructions:

(1) Fuel oil pressure to engine (duplex gage across the duplex filter); (2) Jacket water pressure to engine. (3) Lubricating oil pressure to engine (duplex gage across the full flow filter) (4) Lubricating oil pressure to turbocharger b. Indicating Tachometer: Shall be driven by the crankshaft through a flexible shaft.

Indicator shall be direct-reading type with 100 mm diameter dial and graduated in revolutions per minute. Instrument shall be accurate within 2 percent plus or minus over the entire range of engine speed permitted by the governor. Tachometer face shall be marked to indicate the synchronous rpm.

2.2.5 Generators, Excitation and Voltage Regulation Systems: 2.2.5.1 Generators

a. Provide 2 sets Generator, 3000 KVA, 3-Phase, 60 Hertz, 60 Hz,, Air-cooled, complete with anchor bolts for Indoor Installation.

Drive: Diesel Engine, Air-cooled, Standby Duty, 1.15 Service Factor. Alternator: 3000 KVA, 400 Volts, 3-Phase, 60 Hertz, Wye-Connected, with Neutral brought out for Solid Grounding. Coupling Between Engine and Generator: Flange-Coupled and installed in common Steel Bed Frame. Furnished with: Molded Case Circuit Breaker, Voltmeter with Phase Selector Switch, Ammeter with Phase Selector Switch, and complete with anchor bolts and mounting spring/rubber vibration isolators.

b. Provide 1 set of Generator similar to Item No. 1 except the rating is 250 KVA, 3-phase, 380 Volts, 60 Hz.

c. Provide 3 sets of Generator similar to Item No. 1 except the rating is 15 KVA, single-phase, 230 Volts, 60 Hz. Generator shall be capable of carrying continuously a 0.80 power-factor load equal to the gross kW rating of the diesel generating unit, and a 0.80 power-factor load 10 percent in excess of the gross kW rating of the diesel generating unit for 2 continuous hours out of any period of 24 consecutive hours at normal voltage with temperature rise of not more than 80°C as measured by resistance and based on 40°C ambient temperature. Enclosures shall be general-purpose open type with ventilating openings covered with removable screens having a mesh not larger than ½ inch. Generator shall conform to ANSI C50.10, ANSI C50.13, and to NEMA MG-1. Generator shall have form-wound coils and Class H insulation. Arrange stator winding for "wye" connection, with both line and neutral leads of each of the three phase windings brought out of the bottom of the generator frame, and the neutral ungrounded. Mount the generator rotor on an extended shaft coupled rigidly to the engine crankshaft. Mount impellers on rotor for cooling the generator. Rotor shall be capable of safe operation at a speed 25 percent in excess of its rated synchronous speed. Generator armature, field, and ground leads shall have clamp or crimp-type lugs or connectors for electrical connections. Terminal markings shall conform to NEMA MG-1.

2.2.5.2 Excitation and Voltage Regulation Systems

Comply with IEEE 421.1. Parallel operation with other exciters shall not be utilized. Excitation system shall be designed to provide a continuous current rating of not less than

Page 33: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

16 of 24

the generator's excitation current required when the generator operates at 105 percent rated voltage under the continuous rating condition requiring maximum field current. Match the voltage rating of the system generator field. Provide an excitation system response ratio of not less than 0.5 and a ceiling voltage of not less than 120 percent of rated voltage.

2.2.5.2.1 Exciter

Integral with the generator and of the synchronous, rotating armature, rotating rectifier type. Exciter field shall be stationary. Provide a permanent magnet generator (PMG) type pilot exciter with a rotating permanent magnet field on the generator shaft and with a stationary ac winding. Exciter ac output shall be three-phase and shall be rectified by full-wave solid-state rotating rectifier mounted on the generator shaft. Rotating rectifier shall consist of hermetically sealed diodes connected between exciter and generator field without intervening brushes, slip rings, or commutators. Electrically isolate the exciter field from the rest of the generator. Provide a device or relay to monitor the excitation and de-energize the exciter field, if the field current is maintained at a level, which would damage the machine. The acceptable ratio of exciter ceiling voltage to exciter nominal voltage shall be not less than three to two. Exciter shall be equipped with surge protection devices.

2.2.5.2.2 Semiconductor Devices

Semiconductor device used to supply dc power to the alternator field shall be designed to provide a peak inverse voltage rating of not less than 10 times the rated dc nominal generator field voltage which is the dc field voltage applied at the normal ambient temperature of the generator stabilized at rated output. Utilize 3-phase full-wave solid-state rectifier bridge devices and provide surge voltage protection.

2.2.5.3 Voltage Regulator, IEEE Device 90

Provide a completely solid-state voltage regulator for control of the generator voltage by control of the exciter field. No vacuum tubes or electromechanical relays shall be used in the voltage regulator. Regulator shall be designed for three-phase voltage sensing from two switchgear-mounted dedicated voltage transformers. Parallel provisions shall be an inherent part of the regulator and the unit shall be wired for the crosscurrent compensation mode. Provide overload protection for power semiconductors in the regulator and for regulator accessories.

a. Regulator Control Features: Control generator exciter field as required maintaining

a constant and stable generator output voltage within plus or minus 1/2 of one percent of nominal for steady-state loads from no-load to full-load including a 5 percent variation in frequency and the effects of field heating. Regulator response time shall be less than 17 milliseconds. Regulator drift shall be less than plus or minus 1/2 percent for 40 degrees C temperature change including warm up. The PMG pilot exciter in conjunction with the voltage regulator shall provide 300 percent rated generator current for at least 10 seconds to provide short-circuit current adequate to operate circuit protective devices.

b. Regulator Accessories: Provide the following regulator accessories manufactured

or approved for associated use by the regulator manufacturer. Accessories may be integral with the regulator or in a separate module as appropriate or as standard with the manufacturer. Mount devices along with the voltage regulator in the generator switchgear, unless noted otherwise.

(1) Provide two dedicated voltage transformers constructed to withstand under

Page 34: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

17 of 24

frequency/over voltage operation encountered in the generator.

(2) Provide equipment to protect against under frequency/over voltage conditions by reducing the regulator output during underspeed warm-up or prime mover maintenance periods and to automatically remove power input to the voltage regulator, whenever the voltage exceeds 140 percent of nominal voltage.

(3) Provide one dedicated current transformer to permit parallel reactive load

division.

(4) Provide a manual voltage setting control system with a manual voltage adjusting rheostat or variable autotransformer and a manual-automatic-off switch. Install devices on the control switchboard.

2.2.6 Low-Voltage Engine-Generator Unit Protection and Support

Provide an engine generator microprocessor based control system. 2.2.6.1 Engine Generator Control Panel

Provide on enclosed panel fabricated of not lighter than 14-gage sheet steel in compliance with NEMA 250, Type 12. Construct cabinet with angle iron framework, if required, for proper stiffness and support. Size the cabinet to accommodate the equipment specified herein. Factory-mount panel on the engine unit subbase. Use isolation mounting material between the subbase and the panel to isolate the panel from engine vibrations. Provide panel-mounted, devices with suitable nameplates of laminated black gloss-finished plastic with white engraved lettering. Provide connecting piping, tubing, and wiring installed in conduit where not otherwise enclosed.

2.2.6.2 Engine Control Panel

Provide devices of the type standard with the manufacturer utilizing minimum 50 mm (2 inch) nominal diameter gages. Instruments subject to rapid pressure surges shall be provided with dampening devices to give a steady reading. Provide the following panel-mounted devices as a minimum:

a. Engine Controls: Engine controls shall be installed on the generator control panel. b. Engine Instrumentation: (1) Fuel oil pressure gage; (2) Lube oil pressure gage; (3) Coolant temperature gage; (4) Elapsed time meter. c. Engine Safety Circuit Devices: Provide the following devices to stop the engine-

generator set and to simultaneously open the engine-generator set main circuit breaker. Stop switch may be connected to safety circuit if recommended by the manufacturer. Source of energy for the engine safety circuit devices shall be the starting battery.

d. Engine Instrumentation: (1) Over cranking; (2) Overspeed; (3) Excessive coolant temperature; (4) Dangerously low lubricating oil pressure.

Page 35: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

18 of 24

2.2.6.3 Generator Control Panel

Install these controls in the engine-generator control panel Generator controls and instrumentation shall be provided as follows.

a. Generator Controls: (1) Voltage regulator and associated controls; and (2) Governor remote control switch. b. Generator Instrumentation and Metering: (1) Voltmeter and control switch; and (2) Ammeter and control switch; (3) Wattmeter. (4) Watt-hour meter; (5) Three current and three voltage potential transformers. c. Engine starting and Stopping Controls and Protective Equipment (1) Engine starting switch. (2) Engine cranking relay; (3) Engine shutdown relay.

d. Local Alarm Panel: Provide a microprocessor based local alarm panel suitable for operation on the starting battery voltage. Provide with pre-alarm and shutdown alarms in accordance with NFPA 99. Provide the following alarms with pre-alarms provided only for temperature and pressure conditions and shutdown alarms for all conditions.

(1) High jacket coolant temperature; (2) High lubricating oil temperature; (3) Low lubricating oil pressure; (4) Low fuel oil pressure; (5) Engine shutdown due to overspeed; (6) Engine starting failure (7) Normal voltage supply failure; (8) Restoration of normal supply voltage; (9) Control battery summary alarm; (10) Other engine-generator set abnormal conditions as recommended by the

manufacturer 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND PIPING

Provide miscellaneous equipment and piping work associated with this section under Section 15483 Fuel Oil Handling System.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

Use cribbing and shoring as required, to protect construction from moving-in damage. Protect flooring and finished surfaces by heavy planking. Obtain approval of methods and materials used from the Engineer before moving equipment across shored floors. After equipment has been moved in, remove shoring and repair damage to floors and other parts of the building. Furnish the services of one or more diesel-generator representative or technicians, experienced in the installation and operation of the type of systems being provided, to supervise the installation.

Page 36: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

19 of 24

3.1.1 Mechanical Equipment

Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Furnish a competent and experienced erecting engineer to directly supervise unloading, moving, and erection of equipment. Provide labor, tools, and equipment, for erection and installation of the equipment.

3.1.1.1 Erection of Engine-Generator Units/ Subbase Mounting

Erect subbase-mounted engine-generator units on concrete foundation, utilizing isolators specified. Carefully level structural subbase isolators prior to grouting in accordance with both the engine manufacturer's and the vibration isolator manufacturer's recommendations.

3.1.1.2 Equipment Supports

Provide devices to support equipment, not supported on concrete foundations, in the indicated position. Fabricate the required supports of structural steel sections, plates, or rods; and arrange to provide rigid and sturdy support. Provide connections and fasteners required between equipment supports and building structures.

3.1.1.3 Anchor Bolts and Sleeves

Provide anchor bolts and sleeves for equipment installed on concrete foundations or concrete bases. Anchor bolts and sleeves shall be type, size, and metallurgy recommended by the manufacturer of equipment. Placement of anchor bolts and sleeves for the engine-generator unit shall be in strict accordance with details provided by the manufacturer of the engine.

3.1.1.4 Equipment Cleaning

Before assembly or erection, thoroughly clean equipment. Remove temporary protective coatings and foreign materials. After erection of equipment, clean external surfaces. Remove oil, grease, dirt, and foreign material. Touch up shop paint as necessary.

3.1.1.5 Grouting: a. Engine-Generator Unit: Provide epoxy resin compound mixture of the type

recommended by the engine manufacturer for grouting the engine rails, generator sole plate, and outboard bearing support. Mix and apply grout in accordance with instructions provided by the grout manufacturer.

b. Other Equipment: Grout equipment bedplates or bases on the foundations with a non-

shrink Portland cement grout. Grout shall have a minimum thickness of 25 mm one inch. Mix grout in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and apply in a manner to ensure complete filling of spaces between the foundation and equipment base plates.

3.1.1.6 Instruction of Operators

During the period of erection, inform plant superintendent and operators as to placement and assembly of equipment. After equipment is ready to be placed in service, fully instruct plant operators in operation and maintenance of the equipment.

3.1.2 Piping

Fabricate, assemble, weld, solder, braze and visually examine piping to ensure that piping work conforms to ASME B31.1. Shop fabrication of piping 100 mm and larger is permitted. If shop fabrication is chosen, provide detailed fabrication drawings or isometrics and submit for approval before work is started. Field erect fabricated piping to provide a

Page 37: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

20 of 24

workable arrangement, with convenient access to valves and specialty items. Maintain adequate clearance between runs of piping to permit access around adjacent pipe for dismantling, repair, and maintenance of valves. Piping shall be straight, plumb, and run direct as possible. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, with adequate spacing. Do not install piping over electrical equipment. Competent and skilled workmen shall install piping.

3.1.2.1 Identification of Materials

Paint identifying numbers on sections of prefabricated piping corresponding to identifying numbers shown on shop fabrication detail drawings.

3.1.2.2 Shop Fabrication

Shop fabricate pipe in the largest sections practical for shipping and field assembly. After fabrication, remove loose scale, sand, weld spatter, cutting chips, and other foreign materials by mechanically driven cleaning tools or wire brush. Before shipment, apply one coat of paint to shop fabrications, valves, fittings, and flanges using painting materials of metallic pigment type free of asphalt base. Plug ends of piping and openings prior to shipment to plant site.

3.1.2.3 Welding

Preparing, bending and cleaning and welding of joints in piping shall conform to ASME B31.1. Welds shall be visually examined and meet acceptance standards of ASME B31.1.

3.1.2.4 Taps

Taps for thermometer separable sockets shall be in locations which permit installation of thermometers for convenient observation from the floor or platform elevations and which minimize obstruction of the flow in the pipe. Make taps before fitting main piping in place. Burning of holes after piping is fitted is prohibited.

3.1.2.5 Field Cleaning

Before placing in position, clean the inside of black steel pipe by rapping along its full length to loosen sand, mill scale, and other foreign matter. Pipe, 50 mm and larger, shall have a wire brush of a diameter larger than that of the inside of the pipe drawn through its entire length several times. Before final connections are made to apparatus, wash out interior of piping with water, except air, fuel, and lubricating oil lines. Blow out air, fuel, and lubricating oil lines with 551-to 689-kPa psi dry air or nitrogen. Sterilize potable-water piping by means of liquid chlorine or lime in accordance with AWWA C651 before being placed in service.

3.1.2.6 Pickled Piping

Clean steel lubricating oil and fuel oil piping and pickle internally by chemical cleaning. Cleaning process shall remove grease, oil, dirt, mill scale, lacquer, and corrosion products. Clean piping either by circulating the cleaning solution through the completed piping systems or by soaking prefabricated piping sections in a tank of the solution. Provide and remove after use, pumps, temporary piping connections, tanks, heaters, and other equipment required accomplishing cleaning of piping. After completing cleaning, thoroughly flush, drain, and dry piping and take precautions to prevent re-rusting before pipe is used. While cleaning, remove or isolate instrumentation, valves, and equipment installed in the piping, which contain bronze or brass. Cleaning solution shall not come in contact with bronze or brass. Cleaning solution shall not be circulated through the engine, engine lubricating-oil sump, lubricating oil cooler, or pumps in the oil piping systems. Provide cleaning solution of the type recommended by a reputable chemical manufacturer for the specific purpose.

Page 38: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

21 of 24

3.1.2.7 Provisions for Expansion

Provide for expansion and elongation of piping subject to temperature change by using compatible expansion joints, bends, ball joints, offsets, and loops in a manner that shall prohibit development of excessive stresses between anchor points or at equipment connections. Use bends, loops, and offsets wherever practical to prevent overstressing of piping systems due to thermal expansion and to provide adequate flexibility. A piping system may be cold sprung by an amount no greater than 50 percent of the total linear expansion to alleviate end thrusts and moments. Method of cold springing shall be as approved.

3.1.2.8 Connections to Equipment

Make piping connections to equipment shown and provide reducers, increasers, unions, valves, and strainers required to make a complete installation. Make connections to equipment with unions or flanged joints. Valves shall be the same size as the piping in which installed.

3.1.2.9 Joints

a. Flanged Joints: Face pipe flanges true to line and clean before assembly. Gasket faces shall be free of burrs or bruises. Make up flanged joints prior to completing the last weld in connecting piping. Coat bolt threads with a mixture of equal parts of graphite and boiled linseed oil or with an approved commercial coating.

b. Screwed Joints: Use graphite pipe-joint compound; apply to male threads only. Red or

white lead and zinc compound may be used, except lead compounds are prohibited in potable water lines. Piping shall be free of fins and burrs. Ream pipe ends or file out to size of bore; remove chips.

3.1.2.10 Pipe Sleeves

Provide where pipes and tubing pass through masonry or concrete walls, floors, roofs, and partitions. Provide galvanized steel pipe sleeves in outside walls above grade, in floor, or in roof slabs. Sleeves in partitions shall be zinc-coated sheet steel having a nominal weight of not less than 4.42 kg per square meter. Space between pipe, tubing, or insulation and the sleeve shall be not less than 6.35 mm, except sleeves in the plant operating floor shall be 50 mm larger in diameter than the pipe. Hold sleeves securely in proper position and location before and during construction. Sleeves shall be of sufficient length to pass through entire thickness of walls, partitions, or slabs. Sleeves in floor slabs shall extend 75 mm above the finished floor. Firmly pack space between the pipe or tubing and the sleeve with oakum and calk on both ends of the sleeve with elastic cement, except for sleeves in the plant-operating floor, which shall be free of packing and elastic cement. Where piping passes through steel grating, band the opening with 25 by 3 mm thick steel edge bands welded to the grating bars.

3.1.2.11 Wall Pipes

Provide cast-iron wall pipes for piping passing through underground exterior walls and install in a manner to ensure a watertight connection between the wall and casting. Wall pipes for use with salt water shall be cement lined. Wall pipes shall have flanged ends conforming to ASME/ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Extend flanged ends beyond wall to permit bolting of flanges to connecting piping.

3.1.2.12 Flashing

Flashing for pipes passing through exterior walls above ground and through roof shall conform to details as indicated.

Page 39: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

22 of 24

3.1.2.13 Anchors, Guides, and Supports

Anchor and support piping in a manner such that expansion and contraction shall take place in the desired direction. Prevent vibration by use of vibration dampers and prevent undue strains on equipment served. Hangers used for support of piping of 50 mm nominal pipe size and larger shall be the type permitting adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load. Use wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to walls or to other vertical surfaces, which may be used for supports. Provide supports to adequately carry weight of lines and to maintain proper alignment. Provide inserts and sleeves for supports in concrete where necessary, and in new construction place before concrete is poured. Provide insulated piping with a pipe-covering protection saddle at each support. Provide auxiliary structural steel members, other than building structural steel, required for supporting or anchoring piping and accessories. Provide longitudinal and lateral seismic sway bracing to restrain piping when subjected to the lateral forces generated by the seismic zone involved. In accordance with procedures approved by the Contracting Officer, drill holes, provide bolting materials, and perform welding to fasten auxiliary structural steel to building steel. Provide pipe guides and anchors of approved type at points where necessary to keep pipes in accurate alignment, to direct expansion movement, and to prevent buckling and swaying and undue strain. Provide pipe guides for alignment of pipe connected to free, unanchored end of each expansion joint. Support pipe rollers in concrete trenches by manufactured preformed steel hanger units. Hanger units, supports, hangers, inserts, rollers, and similar items shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Space pipe supports to provide adequate support.

3.1.3 Electrical Equipment

Install equipment in accordance with the standards, and codes, and in conformance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.2 PAINTING

Ensure that manufacturer paints equipment and equipment assemblies specified under this section before factory testing. Ensure that the manufacturer cleans and retouches as required after factory testing and before shipment. The Contractor shall retouch damaged painted surfaces after field installation and testing. Retouching shall be done with the exact color and type of paint used by the manufacturer.

3.3 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Perform all field tests and trial operations, and conduct all field inspections (except final field inspection). Provide all labor, equipment, and incidentals required for the tests, including water, fuel, and lubricants. Submit prior to the test, the manner and procedure of testing, list of testing equipment, and the list personnel involved of the test. Owner will witness all field tests and trial operations and will conduct final field inspections. Give the Owner ample notice of the dates and times scheduled for tests, trial operations, and inspections which requires the presence of the Owner. All deficiencies found shall be rectified and work affected by such deficiencies shall be completely retested at the Contractor's expense.

3.3.1 Piping Tests

Test piping systems after lines have been cleaned and before any insulation covering has been applied. Test piping systems at a pressure of one-half times the design working pressure, and in no case less than 50 psig. Test oil, and gas lines with clean, dry air. In all tests, remove gages, traps, and other apparatus that may be damaged by the test pressure, or valve off before the tests are made. Install a calibrated test pressure gage in the system to observe any loss in pressure. Brush all joints in piping systems tested with air with a soapy water solution to check for leaks. Maintain the required test pressure for a minimum of one hour to enable inspection of all joints and connections. Rectify all defects that will be

Page 40: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

23 of 24

develop during testing, and retest piping system until they show no defect or weakness and are tight.

3.3.2 Preliminary Operation

Place into operation all equipment provided and installed, except as specifically noted otherwise. Make all necessary adjustments to equipment to ensure proper operation as instructed by the manufacturers of the equipment. Lubricate equipment prior to operation in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Owner will provide lubricants. Dry out all motors before operation as required to develop and maintain proper and constant insulation resistance. Upon approval by the Owner or his authorized representative, operate diesel electric generating units under the supervision of the supervising erector at varying loads throughout the load range for a sufficient time to demonstrate that operation is proper and that all pressures and temperatures are normal and within the specified limits. Operate engine for a period of time sufficient to assure that the unit is ready to carry the test loads specified in paragraph entitled "Diesel Generating Unit Acceptance Tests" without damage to any of the engine parts. During this preliminary operation, check the operation of all auxiliary equipment furnished under this contract to determine that it is functioning properly, and make necessary adjustments to all equipment to place it in first-class operating condition in conformance with the contract requirements.

3.3.3 Electrical Equipment and Materials Tests

Except as specified otherwise, test procedures, inspections, and sampling shall be as specified in the specifications referenced herein, and as noted below:

a. Phase Relationship Tests: Check connections to all equipment for proper phase

relationship. During such check, disconnect all devices, which could be damaged by the application of voltage or reserved phase sequence.

b. Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform on cables and equipment as listed herein. Make

tests with motor-driven or rectifier type insulation resistance testers having ranges of 500 and 2,500 volts D.C. Disconnect all solid-state and other equipment, which may be damaged by such tests before tests are made. Tests shall measure insulation resistance from line to ground. Test 600-volt class circuits and equipment, including current transformer and potential transformer secondary circuits and equipment, with the 500-volt tester range. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance of circuits and equipment shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide for the Owner or his authorized representative, test reports listing test equipment used, person or persons performing the tests date tested, circuits or equipment tested, and results of all tests.

3.3.4 Diesel Generating Unit Acceptance Tests

When installation is complete and in first-class operating condition, notify the Owner in writing that the generating units and auxiliary equipment are ready for final field tests. The Owner or his authorized representative will witness final acceptance tests. Perform other tests as necessary or desirable to make certain that all equipment are functioning properly. Test shall include the following:

a. A test to determine generating unit speed regulation under a gradual change from zero

to full load. b. A test to determine generating unit instantaneous speed change with 25 percent load on

or off. c. A test to assure proper functioning of the overspeed trip.

d. An individual test of each pressure and temperature alarm switch.

Page 41: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Power Generating Plants, Diesel Electric

24 of 24

Inspect all auxiliary equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, radiators, instruments, and special valves to assure proper operation. Any or all-auxiliary equipment may be field tested at the option of the Owner. Generally, testing of auxiliary equipment shall be in accordance with the latest ASME and IEEE performance test codes, if applicable. If no code exists for the equipment to be tested, perform tests as prescribed by the Owner. Perform all generating unit tests in accordance with the provisions of the "Field Test Code," as set forth in DEMA "Standard Practices," except as modified herein. Perform operational tests of a minimum duration of 8 hours at varying loads to demonstrate satisfactory performance of all automatic and parallel operations. Tests undertaken during this period shall be of not less than 2 hours at each load (½, 3/4, and full), with an interval of at least 30 minutes between tests after operation is stabilized at a given load. After the full load tests, conduct a test of 110 percent of full load for 2 hours to demonstrate smokeless combustion, adequacy of capacity of engines and complementary equipment, and freedom from undue strain. Check oil after tests for presence of metal fillings and/or water. Provide and install all temporary instrumentation, piping, and electrical wiring and make all electrical connections required for the generating unit tests.

3.3.5 Test Reruns

If the specified performance is not indicated by these tests, make such adjustments and changes, as necessary, and conduct additional tests, as necessary, to further check the performance of the equipment. Contractor shall bear all costs of such additional tests, including cost of fuel used.

3.3.5.1 Failure to Meet Requirements

In the event any of the equipment fails to meet specified performance or fails to operate satisfactorily, the Owner shall have the right to operate the equipment until the defects have been corrected. Any equipment proved to be faulty and inadequate for the service specified would be rejected, the Owner shall have the right to operate the rejected equipment until such time as new equipment is provided by the Contractor to replace the equipment rejected.

3.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

The quantity to be paid for shall be the assembly of genset installed as completed units in place, accepted and ready for operation. Measurement for payment of testing and commissioning shall be based on one (1) lot.

3.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 42: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

1 of 11

SECTION 16262 - AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011 “Electrical General Requirements” applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. This section specifies the furnishing, installation, connection , and testing of Two (2) sets of Automatic Transfer Switch, 6000A, 480V, 3-Pole, 4-wire, Indoor Use, Metal-Cad, Dead-Front, Self-Standing, with Neutral brought out for solid grounding. This also specifies the furnishing, installation, connection, and testing of One (1) set of Automatic Transfer Switch, 800A, 480V, 3-Pole, 4-wire, Indoor Use, Metal-Clad, Dead-Front, Self-Standing, with Neutral and Ground Bus.

1.2 SUBMITTALS, FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS) 1.2.1 Shop Drawings

a. Clearly present sufficient information to determine compliance with Drawings and Specifications.

b. Include electrical ratings (including withstand), dimensions, weights, mounting details,

conduit entry provisions for front view, side view, equipment and service arrangement, elementary and interconnection diagrams, factory relay settings, and accessories.

c. Complete nameplate data, including manufacturer’s name and catalog number.

d. A copy of the markings that are to appear on the transfer switches when installed.

1.2.2 Manuals

a. When submitting the shop drawings, submit companion copies of complete maintenance and operating manuals, including technical data sheets, wiring diagrams and information, such as telephone number, fax number and web sites for ordering replacement parts. (1) Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit four copies of a final updated

maintenance and operating manual to the Owner. (2) Include complete “As Installed” diagrams that indicated all pieces of

equipment and their interconnecting wiring. (3) Include complete diagrams of the internal wiring for each piece of

equipment, including “As Installed” revisions of the diagrams. (4) The wiring diagrams shall identify the terminals to facilitate installation,

maintenance, operation, and testing and commissioning. 1.2.3 Certifications

a. When submitting shop drawings, submit a certified test report from a recognized independent testing laboratory that a representative sample has passed UL 1008 prototype testing.

b. Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit four copies of the following to the Owner.

Page 43: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

2 of 11

(1) Certification that no design changes have been made to the switch or its components since last certified by UL or tested by an independent testing laboratory.

(2) Certification by the manufacturer that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications.

(3) Certification that the withstand current rating have been coordinated with

upstream protective devices. (4) Certification by the Contractor that the equipment has been properly

installed, adjusted, and tested. (5) A certified Test Report from an independent testing laboratory that a

representative sample has passed the ANSI surges withstand test for transfer switches which incorporate solid-state components.

(6) Certification from the manufacturer that the automatic transfer switches,

accessories, and components will withstand the seismic forces and that the unit will be fully operational after a zone seismic event at the project site. Certification shall be based upon the simulated seismic forces, not by calculation.

1.2.4 Withstand and Closing Tests

The ATS shall be tested and rated to withstand and close in on an available fault or short-circuit current of 65,000 amperes, RMS symmetrical, at factor between 0.0 and approximately 0.20 for a duration of 3 cycles at a maximum voltage of 480 volts ac.

1.2.5 Operational Tests

Test shall be performed and shall demonstrate that the operational sequence of each ATS unit conform to the requirements of the specifications with regard to operating transfer time, voltage, frequency, and timing intervals.

1.2.6 Operations and Maintenance Manual

Submit for ATS 1.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS

ATS shall be suitable for performance under the following service conditions: a. Altitude: 100 meters above mean sea level;

b. Relative Humidity: 60 percent maximum, continuous;

c. Temperature: 40°C; and

d. Seismic Zone: 4.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS)

Switch shall be for use in emergency systems described in NFPA 70 and shall conform to applicable requirements of IEEE 472. ATS shall be the double-throw type, and be incapable

Page 44: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

3 of 11

of stops in intermediate positions during normal functioning of the ATS. The ATS shall be electrically operated but mechanically held in both positions, with the operator momentarily receiving power from the source to which the load is to be transferred. ATS shall be rated for continuous duty at the continuous current rating specified. Switches shall be adequately rated for the application indicated, and shall have the following characteristics: a. Voltage: 480 volts A.C.;

b. Number of Phases: Three;

c. Frequency: 60 Hz;

d. Number of Switched Poles: Three;

e. Type of Load: Total system load as shown on the plans (Motors, Lighting, and heaters

predominantly);

f. Continuous Current Rating: Equal to or exceed the rating shown in the drawing;

g. ATS Withstand and Closing Rating: Rated to withstand and close in on available fault or

short circuit current of 65,000 amperes, RMS symmetrical, at a power factor between 0.0

and approximately 0.20, for a duration of 3 cycles at a maximum voltage of 480 volts a.c.

h. Nonwelding of Contacts: Rated for nonwelding of contacts when used with the feeder

overcurrent devices indicated and with the available fault current specified herein; and

i. Main Contacts: Constructed of silver composition and protected by approved arcing

contacts.

2.2 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER 2.2.1 The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in microprocessor for

maximum reliability and minimum maintenance. 2.2.2 A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum application

flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to 0.2%. The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C.

2.2.3 The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the operator’s manuals.

2.2.4 All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify field-wiring

connections. 2.2.5 The controller shall meet or exceed IEEE requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility. 2.2.6 Controller Display and Keypad

a. A four-line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the

Page 45: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

4 of 11

controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via switches on the controller:

(1) Nominal line voltage and frequency; (2) Single or three phase sensing; (3) Operating parameter protection;

(4) Transfer operating mode configuration, Open transition or Delayed transition.

b. All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and

accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals. 2.2.7 Voltage, Frequency and Phase Rotation Sensing

a. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities:

Parameter Sources Dropout / Trip Pickup / Reset

Undervoltage N&E,3 70 to 98% 85 to 100%

Overvoltage N&E,3 102 to 115% 2% below trip

Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100%

Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below trip

Voltage unbalance

N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout

b. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating temperature

range of -20C to 60C.

c. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access.

d. The controller shall be capable of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and

emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or CBA).

e. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to pro-vide digital

readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation. 2.2.8 Time Delays:

a. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes.

b. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60

minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency. c. Two time delay modes shall be provided on re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall

be for actual normal power failures and the other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable.

d. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down,

Page 46: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

5 of 11

adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. e. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external relay(s)

for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes:

(1) Prior to transfer only. (2) Prior to and after transfer. (3) Normal to emergency only. (4) Emergency to normal only; (5) Normal to emergency and emergency to normal; (6) All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available.

f. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1-second increments. Time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad.

2.3 ACCESSORIES 2.3.1 A three position momentary-type test switch shall be provided for the test / automatic/reset

modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal.

2.3.2 A set of DPDT gold-flashed contacts rated 10 amps, 32 VDC shall be provided for a low-

voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred.

2.3.3 Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 480 VAC shall be provided consisting of one contact, closed

when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.

2.3.4 LED indicating lights shall be provided; one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the

normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source (red).

2.3.5 LED indicating lights shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall

provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source.

2.3.6 The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of being activated through

keypad programming:

a. Provide the ability to select “commit/no commit to transfer” to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load.

b. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact, which opens to signal the ATS to

transfer to emergency, and for remote contacts, which open to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad.

c. An Inphase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor shall control

transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power sources. The in-phase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer.

Page 47: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

6 of 11

d. The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact that will allow the

transfer switch to function in a non-automatic mode using an external control device.

e. Engine Exerciser - The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines. For each routine, the user shall be able to:

(1) Enable or disable the routine; (2) Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine. (3) Set the start time, - Time of day - Day of week - Week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every) (4) Set the duration of the run.

At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period. A 10-year life battery that supplies power to the real time clock in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information.

f. System Status - The controller LCD display shall include a “System Status” screen

which shall be readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the “ESC” key a maximum of two times. This screen shall display a clear description of the active operating sequence and switch position. For example,

- Normal Failed - Load on Normal - TD Normal to Emergency - 2min 15seconds Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display “coded”

system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator’s manual, are not permissible.

g. Self Diagnostics - The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of

detecting system errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller, which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed.

h. Data Logging – The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last

99 events, even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a non-volatile memory:

(1) Event Logging

(i) Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency; (ii) Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal; (iii) Data and time and reason for engine start; (iv) Data and time engine stopped; (v) Data and time emergency source available; (vi) Data and time emergency source not available.

Page 48: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

7 of 11

(2) Statistical Data (i) Total number of transfers; (ii) Total number of transfers due to source failure; (iii) Total number of day’s controller is energized; (iv) Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are available. 2.3.7 Override Time Delay

Time delay to override monitored source deviation shall be adjustable from 0.5 to 6 seconds and factory set at 1 second. The device shall detect and respond to a sustained voltage drop of 30 percent of nominal voltage between any two of the normal supply conductors and initiate transfer action to the emergency source and start the engine-driven generator set after the set time period. The pickup voltage shall be adjustable between 60 and 100 percent of nominal and factory set at 90 percent. The dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 50 to 80 percent of the pickup value, and factory set at 70 percent of nominal voltage.

2.3.8 Transfer Time Delay

Time delay before transfer to the emergency power source shall be adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes and factory set at 0 minutes. The device shall monitor the frequency and voltage of the emergency power source and transfer when frequency and voltage is stabilized at or above 90 percent of rated values. The pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and factory set at 90 percent. The pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal and factory set at 90 percent.

2.3.9 Return Time Delay

Time delay before return transfer to the normal power source shall be adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and factory set at 30 minutes. The time delay shall be automatically defeated upon loss or sustained under-voltage of the emergency power source, provided that the normal supply has been restored.

2.3.10 In-Phase Monitor

An accessory that compares the phase angle between both sources of power and prevents until the two are approximately in phase.

2.3.11 Engine Shutdown Time Delay

Time delay shall be adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes and shall be factory set at 5 minutes. 2.3.12 Cranking Limit Time Delay

Time delay to limit cranking shall be adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes and set at 1 minute in the factory. The Contractor shall provide this time limited feature as an integral part of the engine control system if it is not provided as an accessory to the ATS assembly.

2.3.13 Exerciser

A system exerciser shall consist of a programmable time switch to start the engine-driven generator and to transfer the load from the normal to the emergency power source for a preset period of time at present intervals. Intervals shall be adjustable from 0 to 2 hours, and factory set at 0.5 hours. Running periods shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, and

Page 49: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

8 of 11

factory set at 30 minutes. The design of the system exerciser shall include the following provisions:

a. Manual of the programmable time switch sequence. Automatic starting of the exercise

period is not acceptable.

b. Manual reset of the ongoing exercise period. Reset provisions shall cause the ATS to the normal position if power is available to initiate transfer.

c. Automatic return of the ATS to the normal position if the generator set fails during the

exercise period and power is available to initiate transfer. 2.3.14 Auxiliary Contacts

Two normally open and two normally closed auxiliary contacts shall operate when the transfer switch is connected to the normal power source, and two normally open and two normally closed contacts shall operate when the transfer switch is connected to the emergency power source.

2.3.15 The ATS shall also be furnished with the following:

a. Engine start contact;

b. Emergency power source monitor;

c. Test switch;

d. Time delay bypass switch; and

e. Manual return-to-normal switch;

f. Motor starter control. Under-voltage and timing relays, including any auxiliary relays required, shall be installed in the ATS enclosure to provide an adequate number and type of properly rated contacts to control the operation of remote motor controllers or starters shown. Devices and wiring in and external to the ATS shall cause motors to be de-energized for an adjustable period of time before the operation of the ATS in either direction and, subsequently, to cause motors connected to the ATS load bus to be energized immediately after transfer. The timing range shall be approximately from 1 to 15 seconds and set at 3 seconds in the factory.

2.3.16 Operator

A manual operator shall be provided to permit manual operation of the ATS under either loaded or no-load conditions.

2.3.17 Override Switch

The override switch shall bypass automatic transfer controls so the transfer switch will remain connected to the emergency power source, regardless of the conditions of the normal power source.

2.3.18 Indicating Lights: a. A green indicating light shall supervise the normal power source and shall have a

nameplate engraved NORMAL; b. A red indicating light shall supervise the emergency alternative power source and shall

Page 50: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

9 of 11

have a nameplate engraved EMERGENCY. 2.4 ENCLOSURE

The switch and accessories shall be in a free-standing, floor-mounted, and ventilated, Type smooth NEMA 1 sheet metal enclosure constructed in accordance with UL 1008. Intake vent shall be screened and filtered. Exhaust vents shall be screened. Metal shall be not less than US Standard Gauge No. 14. Doors shall have hinges, locking handle latch, and gaskets at jamb, sill, and head. The enclosure shall be equipped with two grounding lugs grounding the enclosure using 22 mm copper conductors. A thermostatically controlled heater shall also be provided within the enclosure to prevent condensation over the temperature range stipulated in paragraph titled "SERVICE CONDITIONS". The Contractor's field wiring terminating within the enclosure shall comply with NFPA 70. If wiring is not color coded, wires shall be permanently tagged near the terminal at each end with the wire number shown on approved shop drawings. Terminal facilities shall be arranged for entrance of external conductors from the top of the enclosure. Main switch terminals, including the neutral terminals, shall be of the pressure type and suitable for the termination of copper conductors shown.

2.4.1 Construction

The enclosure shall be constructed for convenient removal and replacement of contacts, coils, springs and control devices from the front without the removal of main power conductors or removal of major components. The enclosure housing the ATS shall be constructed to protect personnel during maintenance of the ATS.

2.4.2 Cleaning and Painting

Ferrous surfaces shall be cleaned and painted. Surfaces to be painted shall be free of all oil, grease, welding slag and spatter, mill scale, deleterious corrosion, dirt, and other foreign substances. Painting shall include at least one coat of rust-inhibiting primer and one coat of finish enamel. The rust-inhibiting prime shall be applied to a clean, dry surface as soon as practicable after cleaning. Painting shall be manufacturer's standard material and process, except the total dry film thickness shall be not less than 2.5 mils. Color of the finish coat may be the manufacturer's standard color, if approved. The finish shall be free from runs, sags, peeling or other defects.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2.5.1 ATS Withstand and Closing Tests

ATS shall be tested and rated to withstand and close in on an available fault or short-circuit current of 65,000 amperes, RMS, symmetrical, at a power factor between 0.0 and approximately 0.20 for a duration of 3 cycles at a maximum voltage of 480 volts.

2.5.2 Dielectric Withstand Tests

UL 1008 Dielectric tests at 1960 volts, rms, minimum, after withstand current test.

2.5.3 Operational Tests

Perform test to demonstrate that the operational sequence of the ATS conforms to the requirements of the specifications with regard to operating transfer time, voltage, frequency, and timing intervals.

Page 51: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

10 of 11

2.5.4 Non-welding of Contacts

UL 1008, Transfer switch shall be electrically operable to alternate source after withstand current test.

2.5.5 Temperature Rise Test

UL 1008 Temperature rise tests after the overload and endurance tests to confirm the ability of the transfer switches to carry their rated current within the allowable temperature limits.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

Installation shall conform to the requirements of Philippine Electrical Code and manufacturer's recommendations.

3.2 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

The Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment, and incidentals for, and shall perform all field tests. The Contractor shall give the Owner 7 calendar days notice of the times scheduled for tests so that the Owner/Owner’s representative may be present. Work affected by deficiencies shall be completely retested at the Contractor's expense. The manufacturer's factory representative shall assist the Contractor with the field test and inspection. Field tests shall include the following:

a. Simulate power failure and demonstrate complete ATS operation. Contractor shall show

by demonstration in service that the ATS are in good operating condition, and function not less than five times;

b. Conduct 3-hour load run utilizing plant loads with each power source as follows:

(1) One-half load: One hour; (2) Full load: Two hours 3.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Automatic Transfer Switch will be measured by the number of assembly installed and accepted.

Testing and Commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

3.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 52: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Automatic Transfer Switches

11 of 11

Page 53: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

1 of 7

SECTION 16301 - UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements" applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following information for approval: 1.2.1 Manufacturer's Data and Shop Drawings: a. Conduit;

b. Medium voltage cable, 15 kV;

c. 600-volt cable;

d. Insulating Tape;

e. Splice kits, medium and low voltage;

f. Cable lubricants;

g. Sealing Material for Manhole and Handhole Joints;

h. Poured in Place Manholes;

i. Handhole/Manhole Frame and Cover;

1.2.2 Manufacturer’s Instructions: a. Manufacturer’s directions for use of ground megger with proposed method indicated; b. Terminator manufacturer’s installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and standards and to the specifications herein. Electrical ratings shall be as indicated.

2.1.1 Conduit

2.1.1.1 Rigid Plastic Conduit

PVC conduit shall be thick wall, “Crown Pipes”, "Neltex" or “Moldex” brand or approved equal.

2.1.2 Tape

Plastic insulating tape shall be capable of performing in a continuous temperature environment of 80°C.

Page 54: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

2 of 7

2.1.3 Power Wire and Cable: 2.1.3.1 Wire and Cable Conductor Sizes

Wire and cable conductor sizes are designated by Square Millimeter (mm²). Conductors shall be copper. Insulated conductors shall bear the date of manufacture imprinted on the wire insulation with other identification. Wire and cable manufactured more than 6 months before deliver to the job site shall not be used. Provide conductor identification within each enclosure where a tap, a splice or a termination is made.

2.1.3.2 Medium Voltage Cable

Cable shall be for 13.2 kV underground distribution system, cross-linked, thermosetting, insulated XLPE cable conforming to NEMA WC7. Cable shall be single conductor, employing concentric, Class B stranded copper conductor. Cable shall have conductor and insulation shielding. Cable shall have 133% insulation level.

2.1.3.3 600 Volt Wires and Cables

Conductor sizes are indicated by Square Millimeter (mm2) for copper conductors. Insulated

wires and cables manufactured more than six months prior to delivery shall not be used.

2.1.3.4 Wire Conformation

Provide wires with type THHN designation. Only wires with "W" in the type designation shall be used in wet or damp locations.

2.1.3.5 600 Volt Wire Connector and Terminals

Shall provide a uniform compression over the entire contact surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on stranded conductors.

2.1.3.6 600 Volt Splices

Provide splices with a compression connector on the conductor and by insulating and waterproofing using one of the following methods, which are suitable for continuous submersion in water and comply ANSI C119.1.

a. Provide cast-type splice insulation by means of molded casting process employing a

thermosetting epoxy resin insulating material applied by a gravity poured method or by a pressure injected method. Provide component materials of the resin insulation in a packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package.

b. Gravity poured method shall employ materials and equipment contained in an

approved commercial splicing kit, which includes a mold suitable for the cables to be spliced. When the mold is in place around the joined conductors, prepare the resin mix and pour into the mold.

c. Provide heavy wall heat shrinkable splice insulation by means of a thermoplastic

adhesive sealant material, which shall be applied by a clean burning propane gas torch.

d. Provide a cold-shrink rubber splice, which consists of an EPDM rubber tube, which has

been factory stretched onto a spiraled core, which is removed during splice installation. The installation shall not require heat or flame, or any additional materials such as covering or adhesive. It shall be designed for use with inline compression type connectors, or indoor, outdoor, direct-burial or submerged locations.

Page 55: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

3 of 7

2.1.4 Pull Wire

Pull wire shall be 2.0 mm² hot-dip galvanized steel or plastic having a minimum tensile strength of 91 kgs in each empty duct. Minimum 305 mm of slack shall be left at each end of pull wires.

2.1.5 Buried Warning and Identification Tape

Provide detectable aluminum foil plastic-backed tape or detectable magnetic plastic tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried cable and conduit. Tape shall be detectable by an electronic detection instrument. Provide tape in rolls, 50 mm minimum width, color coded for the utility involved with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously and repeatedly over entire tape length. Warning and identification shall be CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC.

2.1.6 Grounding and Bonding Equipment

Shall conform to UL. 2.1.7 Underground Structures

Cast-in-place trenches and handholes. Cast-in-place concrete handholes shall have a smooth trowel finish for floors and horizontal surfaces. Construct walls on a footing of cast-in-place concrete. Top, walls, and bottom shall consist of reinforced concrete. Walls and bottom shall be of monolithic concrete construction. Duct entrances and windows shall be located near the corners of structures to facilities cable racking. Covers shall fit the frames without undue play. Steel and iron shall be formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles. Castings shall be free from warp and blowholes that may impair their strength or appearance. Exposed metal shall have a smooth finish and sharp lines and arises. Provide all necessary lugs, rabbets, and brackets. Set pulling-in irons and other built-in items in place before depositing concrete. A pulling-in iron shall be installed in the wall opposite each duct line entrance. The word "ELECTRICAL" and “TELEPHONE” shall be cast in the top face of all power and telephone handhole covers, respectively. Cable racks, including rack arms and insulators, shall be adequate to accommodate the cable.

For airfield type manholes, vaults, handholes, and their associated frames and covers require a design for a maximum single wheel load of 22 675 kg (50,000 pounds) 40,815 kg (90,000 pounds). Use steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, "Structural Steel," for covers to airfield manholes, vaults, and handholes. Use ductile iron for frames. Specify FS RR-F-621, "Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole," and ductile iron for frames, but not for covers.

2.1.8 Drainage Pipe and Fittings

Cast-iron, extra strength. Drain shall be cast-iron, coated or uncoated, plain pattern, bottom outlet with perforated or slotted hinged cover.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Underground cable installation shall conform to Philippine Electrical Code, Vol. 1 & 2, Year 2000 Edition.

3.1.1 Concrete

Page 56: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

4 of 7

Unless indicated on plans, concrete for electrical requirements shall be at least 211 kg per square centimeter concrete with 2.54 cm maximum aggregate.

3.1.2 Earthwork

Excavation, backfilling, and pavement repairs for electrical requirements shall conform to the requirements of existing Civil Works Specifications.

3.1.3 Underground Duct with Concrete Encasement Construct underground duct lines of individual conduits encased in concrete. Except where

rigid galvanized steel conduit is indicated or specified, the conduit shall be of Schedule 40 PVC. Do not mix the kind of conduit used in any one duct bank. Ducts shall not be smaller than 102 mm in diameter unless otherwise indicated. The concrete encasement surrounding the bank shall be rectangular in cross-section and shall provide at least 76 mm of concrete cover for ducts. Separate conduits by a minimum concrete thickness of 50 mm, except separate light and power conduits from control and signal/telecomm, conduits by a minimum concrete thickness of 76 mm.

a. The top of the concrete envelope shall not be less than 0.46 m below grade except that

under roads and pavement it shall be not less than 0.60 m below grade. b. Duct lines shall have a continuous slope downward toward manholes/handholes and

away from buildings with a pitch of not less than 76 mm in 30 m. Except at conduit risers, accomplish changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 7.6 m. Sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections or combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum radius of 0.46 m for use with conduits of less than 76 mm in diameter and a minimum radius of 0.91 m for ducts of 76 mm in diameter and larger.

c. Terminate conduits in end-bells where duct lines enter manholes/ handholes.

Separators shall be of pre-cast concrete.

Stagger the joints of the conduits by rows and layers so as to provide a duct line having the maximum strength. During construction, protect partially completed duct lines from the entrance of debris such as mud, sand and dirt by means of suitable conduit plugs. As each section of a duct line is completed from manholes/handhole to manholes/handhole, draw a brush through having the diameter of the duct, and having stiff bristles until the conduit is clear of all particles of earth, sand, and gravel; then immediately install conduit plugs.

3.1.4 Cast-in-Place Manholes

Provide cast-in-place manholes as indicated.

3.1.5 Ground Rods

In each electric manhole, at a convenient point close to the wall, a 20 mm by 3048 mm copper-bonded steel ground rod shall be driven into the earth before the floor is poured so that approximately 100 mm of the ground rod will extend above the trench manhole and handhole floor. When precast concrete manholes and handholes are used, the top of the ground rod may be below the floor and a 50 mm tinned ground conductor brought into the handhole through a watertight sleeve in the handhole wall.

3.1.6 Cable Pulling

Page 57: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

5 of 7

Test duct lines with a mandrel and thoroughly swab out to remove foreign material before the pulling of cables. Pull cables down grade with the feed-in-point at the junction box or buildings of the highest elevation. Use flexible cable feeds to convey cables through the manholes/handholes opening and into the duct runs. Cable slack shall be accumulated at each manholes/handhole or junction box where space permits by training the cable around the interior to form one complete loop. Minimum allowable bending radii shall be maintained in forming such loops.

a. Lubricants for assisting in the pulling of jacketed cables shall be those specifically

recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cable lubricants shall be soapstone, graphite, or talc for rubber or plastic jacketed cables. The lubricant shall not be deleterious to the jacket or outer coverings.

b. Cable pulling tensions shall not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by

the cable manufacturer. 3.1.7 Grounding

Non-current carrying metallic parts associated with electrical equipment shall have a maximum resistance to “solid” earth ground not exceeding the following values:

a. Generating and control equipment 1000 volts and over: 1 ohm b. Main substations, distribution substations, switching stations, primary distribution

stations enclosed by fences:

(1) 500 kVA or less: 5 ohms; (2) 500 kVA to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms;

(3) 1000 kVA or over: 3 ohms; c. Pad-mounted transformers without protective fences: 5 ohms; d. Ground in manholes, handholes, and vaults: 5 ohms; e. Grounding other metal enclosures of primary voltage electrical and electrically-operated

equipment: 5 ohms; f. Grounded secondary distribution system neutral and noncurrent-carrying metal parts

associated with distribution systems and grounds not otherwise covered: 5 ohms;

When work in addition to that indicated or specified is directed in order to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provisions of the contract covering “Changes” shall apply.

(1) Grounding electrodes

Provide cone pointed driven ground rods driven full depth plus 150 mm, installed to provide an earth ground of the appropriate value for the particular equipment being grounded.

(2) Make grounding connections which are buried or otherwise normally inaccessible, and

excepting specifically those connections for which access for periodic testing is required by exothermic type process. Make fusion-welding process strictly in accordance with the weld manufacturer’s written recommendations. Welds which have “puffed up” or which show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning is not acceptable. No mechanical connector is required at thermic weldments.

Page 58: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

6 of 7

(3) In lieu fusion-welding process, a compression ground grid connector of a type, which

uses hydraulic compression tool to provide the correct circumferential pressure, may be used. Tools and dies shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. An embossing die code or other standard method shall provide visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground wire.

(4) Grounding conductors shall be bare soft-drawn copper wire 14 mm

2 minimum unless

otherwise indicated or specified. (5) Connect copper-bonded steel ground rods only to insulated TW copper ground

conductor and Exothermic weld the connection. Insulate the entire area of the rod in the vicinity of the weld and the connecting wire and seal against moisture penetration.

3.1.8 Provide all empty conduits with a 2.0 mm zinc coated steel wire or a plastic rope having a

breaking strength of at least 90 kgs. Leave 610 mm of spare at each end of the pull. 3.2 FIELD TESTS

As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the contract, the Owner shall be given 4 working days notice prior to each test.

3.2.1 Distribution Conductors 600 Volt Class

Test all 600-volt class conductors to verify that no short circuits or accidental grounds exist. Make tests using an instrument, which applies a voltage of approximately 500 volts to provide a direct reading in resistance.

3.2.2 Ground Rods

Test ground rods for ground resistance value before any wire is connected. Use a portable ground testing megger to test each ground or group of grounds. The instrument shall be equipped with a meter reading directly in ohms or fractions thereof to indicate the ground value of the ground electrode under test. Provide one copy of the megger manufacturer's directions for use of the ground megger indicating the method to be used.

3.2.3 Test Report 600-volt cables (identify each cable & test result).

Grounding Electrodes & Systems (identify electrodes and systems, each test).

3.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Concrete service pedestal and handholes will be measured by the set while concrete encased duct bank, of the type and number of ducts and size specified and wires and cables, of the size and type of insulation specified, will be measured by the linear meter.

Testing and commissioning will be one (1) lot basis.

3.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing

Page 59: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Underground Electrical Work

7 of 7

and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section. Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 60: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

1 of 8

SECTION 16302 - OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011 "Electrical General Requirements,” applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein.

1.1.1 Overhead Service

Overhead service conductors into the airport shall terminate at the first private pole indicated, and shall be routed as shown on the electrical plans.

1.1.2 Electrical Characteristics

Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 13.2 Grd.Y/7.62kV primary, three-phase, four-wire, 60 hertz; 400 and 240volts secondary, three phase, three wire, 60 hertz; and 240volts secondary, three-phase three-wire and single-phase, two-wire, 60 Hertz. The Albay Electric Cooperative (ALECO) shall make final connections to the power distribution system.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following information for approval: 1.2.1 Catalog Information a. Concrete Poles;

b. Conductors (list each size and type);

c. Guys;

d. Insulators (list each size and type);

e. Power fuses;

f. Pole mounted transformers;

g. Load break switch and;

h. Lightning Arresters

1.2.2 Shop Drawings a. Concrete Poles;

b. Power Fuse and associated supports; and

c. Poles and cross arms, with pole line materials

1.2.3 Manufacturer's Certification Aluminum/copper splices, connectors, lugs & fittings. 1.2.4 Manufacturer's Directions: a. Aluminum/Copper connection make-up directions;

b. Cable terminations; and

Page 61: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

2 of 8

c. Manufacturer’s directions for use of ground megger with proposed method indicated.

1.2.5 Field Reports Submit all field reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

Materials specified herein or shown on the contract drawings, which are identical to materials listed in REA 43-5 shall be considered as conforming to all requirements.

2.2 CONCRETE POLES

Concrete poles shall be octagonal pre-stressed Class 5, except as indicated on the plans. 2.3 CROSS ARM

Cross arms shall be structural steel tubing in accordance to ASTM A501, and hot dipped galvanized, in accordance to ASTM A 123. Cross arms shall be drilled in accordance to wood cross arm, type 04.

2.4 CROSS ARM BRACES

Shall be flat steel or angle bar hot-dipped galvanized steel, to conform to ASTM A 123 or 153. 2.5 HARDWARE

Pole line hardware shall be hot-dipped galvanized conforming to ASTM A 153. 2.6 INSULATORS

Wet-process porcelain insulators, which are radio interference-free.

a. Suspension insulators shall be class 52-1 per ANSI C 29.2.

b. Spool insulators shall be class 53-2 (1 ¾” diameter groove) and class 53-4 (3” diameter groove) per ANSI C 29.3.

c. Guy strain insulators shall be class 54-2 per ANSI C 29.4 except they shall be fiberglass

type when used with underground terminal or when other interference problems exist.

d. Pin insulators shall be Class 55-4 per ANSI C29.5 and shall be radio interference free. 2.7 CONDUCTORS

2.2.7 Aluminum Conductor Steel Reinforced (ACSR)

ASTM B232. 2.2.8 Neutral Supported Secondary Cable

Neutral supported secondary cable shall be duplex all aluminum conductor (AAC) with polyethylene insulation on phase conductor. Neutral shall be bare aluminum conductor steel reinforced (ACSR) of the same size as phase conductor, unless otherwise indicated. Size and type shall be as indicated on the plan.

Page 62: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

3 of 8

2.8 GUY STRANDS

ASTM A 475, high-strength Class A, galvanized strand steel cable. Guy strand shall be as indicated on the plans. Provide guy terminations designed for use with the particular strand and developing at least the ultimate breaking strength of the strand.

2.9 ROUND GUY GUARDS

Vinyl or PVC material, yellow colored, 2440 mm long and shatter resistant at sub-zero temperatures.

2.9.1 Guy Attachment

Thimble eye guy attachment.

2.10 ANCHORS AND ANCHOR RODS

Provide anchors and anchor rods as indicated on the drawings. 2.11 GROUND RODS

Shall be of copper-bonded steel sectional type ground rods at least 20 mm in diameter and 3048 mm long. Die-stamp each near the top with the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the length of the rod in feet. The rods shall have a hard, clean, smooth, continuous, surface throughout the length of the rod.

2.11.1 Ground Wire

Soft drawn copper wire ground conductors shall be no smaller than 14 mm². Ground wire protectors may be either PVC or half round wood molding.

2.12 SURGE ARRESTERS DISTRIBUTION TYPE

Provide surge arrester as indicated on the Design Drawings. Surge arrester shall be heavy-duty distribution class silicone rubber housed metal oxide varistor gapped arrester. Surge arrester shall be designed and tested in accordance to ANSI/IEEE 62.11. Rating shall be as follows:

a. Arrester Rating (kV rms) : 10

b. MCOV (kV rms) : 8.40

c. Min 60Hz Spark-over : 16.5

(kV crest/√ 2)

d. Front Wave Protective : 21 / 27

e. Level (kV crest) Max. Discharge Voltage 8/20 ∝s current wave kV crest) (1) 1.5 KA : 18.4 (2) 3 KA : 19.5 (3) 5 KA : 20.7 (4) 10 KA : 22.5 (5) 20 KA : 25.3 (6) 40 KA : 30.5

Page 63: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

4 of 8

f. Switching Surge : 16.5 (kV crest) 2.13 LOAD BREAK SWITCH

Load break switch shall be a horizontal-type switch, three-pole gang operated, with a padlock arrangement for locking in both open and closed positions. Each switch shall be rated 110 kV BIL, with a continuous current rating and load break rating of 600 amperes, and a momentary rating of 40000 amperes, asymmetrical. Steel parts shall be hot dip galvanized. The operating rods shall be isolated from the switch by an insulating link or section located as close to the switch as possible. The switch shall comply with ANSI C37.32 for the voltage and current requirements indicated.

2.14 POWER FUSE

Power fuse hall be disconnect, 180º opening vertical style suitable for outdoors installation. Power fuse shall be rated as follows:

a. Nominal voltage 13.8 kV

b. Maximum design voltage 17 kV

c. Rated Lightning Impulse 110 kV withstand voltage

d. Rated frequency 60 Hz

e. Maximum continuous current 200 amperes

f. Interrupting capacity (sym.) 12500 amps.

Power fuse shall be mounted on a structured steel support, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Post insulators shall be Cyproxy (cycloaliphatic epoxy resin system). Cyproxy shall be a non-tracking, self-scouring, non-weathering and meets or exceeds the requirements of ANSI standard C29.9.

2.15 TRANSFORMER (POLE TYPE)

Provide pole type transformer, as indicated on the plans. Transformer shall be manufactured and tested in conformance to ANSI C57.12.20, and shall be rated as follows:

a. Single phase, self-cooled, 65 degrees C. continuous temperature rise, two winding, 60

Hertz. b. Insulating liquid: (1) Mineral oil per ASTM D 3487, Type II, tested in accordance with ASTM D 117. (2) Provide identification of transformer as "non-PCB" on the nameplate.

(3) Do not provide insulating liquids containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or tetrachloroethylene (TCE) or perchloroethylene

c. Ratings: (1) kVA: as indicated (2) BIL: 95kV; (3) Primary voltage: 7.62kV; (4) Secondary voltage: 120/240 volts. (5) Tested Impedance at 85 degrees C: 2.0min. – 3.0max. percent.

Page 64: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

5 of 8

d. Single-phase connections: (1) Connect primary: Phase-to-ground. (2) High voltage bushings: one.

e. Three-phase connections: (1) Connect primary: Grounded wye or Open Grounded wye. (2) Connect secondary: Delta or Open Delta with mid tap grounded, for 240 volt,

three phase, 3 wire service. (3) High voltage bushings: one.

f. Taps: Provide four 2 1/2 percent full capacity taps, 2 above and 2 below rated primary voltage. Tap changer shall have external handle.

g. Corrosion Protection: Paint coating system shall comply with ANSI C57.12.28

regardless of tank and cover material. Finish coat shall be light gray, ANSI color No. 70.

h. Show transformer kVA capacity using 65 mm (2 1/2 inch) placed near the low-voltage

bushings.

2.16 CABLE TERMINATION

Shielded power cable termination kits shall be factory engineered for outdoor applications. Termination kits shall meet or exceed all rating requirements of IEEE-48 for Class I terminations and test sequence prescribed by IEEE-404, including 130º C for emergency overload operation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Provide overhead pole line installation conforming to the requirements of ANSI C 2 for grade B construction of overhead lines in medium loading districts and the latest edition of Philippine Electrical Code for overhead services and to the requirements specified herein.

3.1.1 Pole Setting

Pole holes shall be at least as large at the top as at the bottom and shall be large enough to provide 102 mm clearance between the pole and the side of the hole.

a. Pole setting depths shall be as follows:

Length of Pole Setting in Soil Setting in Rock (Meter) (Meter) 7.62 (25ft) 1.52 (5.0 ft) 1.06 (3.5 ft) 9.14 (30 ft) 1.67 (5.5 ft) 1.06 (3.5 ft) 12.19 (40 ft) 1.82 (6.0 ft) 1.22 (4.0 ft) 13.71 (45 ft) 1.98 (6.5 ft) 1.37 (4.5 ft) 15.24 (50 ft) 2.13 (7.0 ft) 1.37 (4.5 ft) b. “Setting in Soil” depths shall apply where pole holes are in soil, sand, or gravel or any

combination of these; where the soil layer over solid rock is more than 0.60 meter deep, where the hole in solid rock is not substantially vertical; or where the diameter of the hole at the surface of the rock exceeds twice the diameter of the pole at the same

Page 65: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

6 of 8

level. At corners, dead ends and other points of extra strain, poles shall be set 152 mm deeper.

c. “Setting in Solid Rock” shall apply where poles are to be set in solid rock and where

the hole is substantially vertical, approximately uniform in diameter and large enough to permit the use of tamping bars the full depth of the hole.

d. Where there is a layer of soil 0.60 meter or less in depth over solid rock, the depth of

the hole shall be the depth of the soil in addition to the depth specified under “Setting in Solid Rock” provided, however, that such depth shall not exceed the depth specified under “Setting in Soil”.

e. On sloping ground, always measure the depth of the hole from the low side of the hole.

f. Thoroughly tamp pole backfill for the full depth of the hole and mound the excess fill

around the pole.

g. Set poles so that alternate cross arm gains face in the opposite directions, except at terminals and dead ends where the gains of the last two poles shall be on the side facing the terminal or dead end. On unusually long spans, set the poles so that the cross arm comes on the side of the pole away from the long span. Where pole top pins are used, they shall be on the opposite side of the pole from the gain, with the flat side against the pole.

h. Set poles in alignment and plumb except at corners, terminals, angles, junctions, or

other points of strain, where they shall be set and raked against the strain, not less than 50 mm for each 3 meters of pole length above grade, nor more than 100 mm for each 3 meters of pole length after conductors are installed at the required tension.

3.1.2 Anchors and Guys

Place anchors in line with the strain and as nearly as possible a distance from the pole equal to the vertical distance from the pole ground line to the point of guy attachment on the pole.

a. Set anchors in place with the anchor rod aligned with, and pointing directly at, the guy

attachment on the pole with the anchor rod projecting 152 mm to 228 mm out of the ground to prevent burial of the rod eye.

b. Backfill log anchors with tightly tamped coarse rock 0.60 m immediately above the

anchor and then with tightly tamped earth filling the remainder of the hole. c. Complete the anchor and guy installation, dead end to dead end, and tighten the guy

before wire stringing and sagging is begun on that line section. Provide strain insulators at a point on the guy strand 2.40 meter (minimum) from the ground and 1.82 meter (minimum) from the surface of the pole.

3.1.3 Grounding

Provide grounding for pole lines conforming to ANSI C 2 except that each separate ground electrode shall have a resistance to the solid earth not exceeding 25 ohms. When work in addition to that indicated or specified, is directed in order to obtain the specified ground resistance the provisions of the contract covering "changes" shall apply.

a. Make ground rod connections on pole lines by exothermic weld for all ground wire or

wire to rod connections.

Page 66: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

7 of 8

b. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with the manufacturers written recommendations. Welds which have puffed up or which show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable. No mechanical connectors are required at thermic weldments.

c. Ground non-current carrying metal parts of equipment or enclosures. d. Separate surge arrester grounds from other grounds.

3.1.4 Conductors

Conductors shall be handled with all care necessary to prevent nicking, kinking, gouging, flattening, or otherwise deforming or weakening the conductor or impairing its conductivity. Remove all damaged sections of conductors and splice the conductors.

a. Conductor splices, as installed shall exceed the ultimate rated strength of the

conductor and shall be of the type recommended by the conductor manufacturer. No splice shall be permitted within 3 meters of any support.

b. Ties on pin insulators shall be tight against the conductor and insulator and ends shall

be turned down flat against the conductor so that no wire ends project. c. String new conductors to “initial” sag table values recommended by the manufacturer

for the conductor type and size of conductor and ruling span indicated. d. Dead end fittings, clamps or compression type, shall conform to the written

recommendations of the conductor manufacturer and shall develop the full strength of the conductor.

e. Make aluminum connections to any other material using only splices, connectors, lugs,

or fittings designed for that specific purpose. Submit the manufacturer’s directions for applying these fittings for reference and one additional copy maintained at the jobsite for the use of the inspector.

3.1.5 Risers

Secure conduits on pole by two-hole galvanized steel pipe strap space no more than 3 meters apart and within 0.9 meters of any outlet or termination. Ground metallic conduit.

3.2 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the contract, the Engineer shall be given 5 working days notice prior to each tests.

3.2.1 Ground Rod Tests

Do not connect the ground rods until they have been tested for ground resistance value. Use a portable ground testing megger to test each ground or group of grounds. Follow the directions provided by the equipment manufacturer for proper use of the equipment. Provide one copy of the directions for the use of the observing inspectors.

3.2.2 Device Subject to Manual Operation

Each device subject to manual operation shall be operated at least three times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.

Page 67: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Overhead Electrical Work

8 of 8

3.2.3 Acceptance Checks, Settings, and Tests

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the latest IEEE standards. Perform work in a careful and safe manner so as not to endanger personnel or equipment.

3.2.4 Acceptance Checks and Tests

Shall include, but not be limited to the following:

a. Compare actual connections with wiring diagrams. If differences are found, determine if error is in diagram or in actual wiring and correct as necessary.

b. Inspect all devices, equipment, etc. for damage or mal-adjustment caused by shipment

or installation. c. Assure that tightness of bolted bus joints are in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations (use calibrated torque wrench). d. Perform all mechanical operator and contact alignment tests on operating mechanisms

in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Make adjustments as necessary.

3.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Concrete pole, of the class specified, primary pole of the type specified, pole guy assembly, load breakswitch, pole mounted transformer, power fuses, lightning arrester and high voltage termination kit will be measured by the set actually completed and accepted.

Cable ACSR, secondary cable and medium voltage cable will be measured by the linear meter actually installed and accepted.

3.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 68: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

1 of 15

SECTION 16402 - INTERIOR WIRING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements," applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.2.1 Manufacturer's Data: a. Low voltage switchgear;

b. Receptacles;

c. Circuit breakers;

d. Magnetic Contactors and Thermal Overload Relay;

e. Variable Frequency Drives;

f. Soft Starters;

g. Dry-type Transformers;

h. Capacitor Bank;

i. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors;

j. Switches;

k. Conduit and fittings (each type);

l. Ground rods;

m. Devices and plates; and

n. Insulated conductors.

1.2.2 Shop Drawings:

a. Dry type Transformer;

b. Capacitor Bank;

c. Cable Tray;

d. Panel boards;

e. Enclosed Circuit Breaker;

f. Motor Starters and Disconnect Switches;

g. Group Motor Controller; and

h. Motor Control Center.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS

All materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet the following requirements. All items shall be new unless specified or indicated otherwise.

Page 69: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

2 of 15

2.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 2.2.1 Intermediate Metal Conduit

Shall be UL listed. 2.2.2 Flexible Metal Conduit

Shall comply with UL 1. 2.2.3 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel

UL 360 2.3 CABLE TRAY

Provide cable tray as shown on the plans. Cable tray shall be ladder type, and shall conform to NEMA Class A, support span criteria for 10 feet. Trays shall be steel sheet fabricated, hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Trays shall include splice and end plates, dropouts, and miscellaneous hardware. Edges, fittings, and hardware shall be finished free from burrs and sharp edges. Fittings shall have not less than load-carrying ability of straight tray sections and shall have manufacturer's minimum standard radius. Radius of bends shall be 305 mm.

2.4 WIRE AND CABLES

Wires, cables and conduit sizes indicated are for copper conductors unless otherwise noted. Insulated conductor manufactured more than 6 months before delivery the job site shall not be used.

2.4.1 Conductors

Branch circuit conductors smaller than 3.5mm2 shall be solid, and those 3.5 mm² and larger

shall be stranded. Unless indicated otherwise, conductor sizes shown are based on copper. 2.4.2 Minimum Conductor Sizes

Minimum size for branch circuits shall be 3.5 mm²; for Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits, 2.0 mm²; and for Class 2 low-energy remote-control and signal circuits, 1.25 mm².

2.4.3 Color Coding

Provide for all service, feeder, branch, control, and signaling circuit conductors. Color shall be green or green with longitudinal yellow stripe for grounding conductors, and white for neutrals, except where neutrals of more than one system are installed in same raceway or box, the other neutral shall be white with a colored (not green) stripe. The color of the ungrounded conductors in different voltage system shall be as follows:

a. 400/230 volts, 3-phase Phase A – brown Phase B – orange Phase C – yellow b. 240 volts, 3-phase Phase A – black Phase B – red Phase C - blue c. 230 volts, 1 phase red and black

Page 70: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

3 of 15

2.4.4 Insulation

Unless otherwise specified or indicated, power and lighting wires shall be 600 Volt, Type THW, except

that grounding wire may be type TW; remote-control and signal circuits shall be type TW or TF. Where

lighting fixtures requires 90ºC conductors, provide only conductors with 90ºC insulation or better.

2.4.5 Control Cable

Provide multi-conductor control cable. Conductor shall be stranded copper wire, sizes and number of cores shall be as shown on the plans, PVC insulated and PVC jacketed, rated 600V, 75ºC.

2.5 CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES (WITH VOLUME GREATER THAN 100

CU. INCHES)

Provide hot-dipped, zinc-coated if steel sheet. 2.6 SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS

Connectors for wires 5.5 mm2 and smaller shall be insulated pressure-type (twist-on-splicing

connector). Provide solderless terminal lugs on stranded conductors. 2.7 WIRING DEVICES

Wiring devices shall be of general-purpose type. 2.7.1 Device Plates

One-piece device plates for outlets and fittings to suit the devices installed. Plates on unfinished walls and or fittings shall be of zinc-coated sheet steel or cast metal having round or beveled edges. Plates on finished walls shall be urea or phenolic, minimum 2.54 mm wall thickness. Plates shall be the same color as the receptacle or toggle switch with which it is mounted. Screws shall be machine type with countersunk heads in a color to match the finish of the plate. The use of sectional type device plates will not be permitted. Plates, installed in wet locations shall be gasketed.

2.7.2 Snap Switches

Totally enclosed with bodies of thermosetting plastic and a mounting strap. Handles shall be ivory. Wiring terminals shall be of the screw type. Switches shall be rated quiet-type for AC only 250 volts, with the current rating and number of poles indicated.

2.7.3 Receptacles

Provide heavy-duty, grounding type receptacles. Ratings shall be as indicated. Bodies shall be of ivory thermosetting plastic supported on a metal mounting strap. Wiring terminals shall be of the screw type. Connect grounding pole to the mounting strap.

2.7.3.1 Ground Fault circuit Interrupter Receptacles

UL 943, duplex type, for mounting in standard type box. Device must be capable of detecting current leak of 6 milliamperes or greater and tripping per requirements of UL943 for Class A GFCI devices. Provide screw-type, side-wired wiring terminals.

Page 71: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

4 of 15

2.8 DISCONNECT SWITCHES

NEMA KS1. Switches serving as motor-disconnect mean shall be horsepower rated. Provide heavy-duty type switches where indicated, where switches are rated higher than 240 volts, and for double throw switches.

2.9 BREAKER USED AS SWITCHES FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

Breakers shall be marked “SWD” in accordance with UL 489. 2.10 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS

UL 489. Individual molded case circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type with voltage and continuous current ratings, and number of poles as indicated. Circuit breaker shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10,000 amperes, unless otherwise indicated. Enclosure type as indicated.

2.10.1 Circuit Breakers for HVAC Equipment

Circuit breakers for HVAC equipment having motors (group or individual) shall be marked for use with HACR type and UL listed as HACR type.

2.11 PANELBOARDS

Panelboards for use as service disconnecting means shall be circuit breaker equipped. Design shall be such that any individual breaker can be removed without disturbing adjacent units or without loosening or removing supplemental insulation supplied as a means of obtaining clearances as required by UL. Where "space only" is indicated, make provisions for the future installation of a breaker sized as indicated. All panelboard locks included in the project shall be keyed alike. Directories shall be typed to indicate load served by each circuit and mounted in a holder behind transparent protective covering. For panelboards with single-phase branches, provide extra length of wires and sufficient number of blank circuitbreaker spaces for balancing purposes.

2.11.1 Panelboard Buses

Support bus bars on bases independent of the circuit breakers. Main buses and back pans shall be designed so that breakers may be changed without machining, drilling, or tapping. Provide an isolated neutral bus in each panel for connection of circuit neutral conductors. Provide a separate ground bus marked with a green stripe along its front and bonded to the steel cabinet for connecting grounding conductors.

2.11.2 Circuit Breakers

UL 489, bolt-on, thermal magnetic-type having a minimum short circuit current rating equal to the short-circuit current rating of the panelboard in which the circuit breaker shall be mounted. Breaker terminals shall be UL listed as suitable for type of conductor provided.

a. Multipole Breakers

Provide common-trip type with a single toggle/operating handle. Breaker design shall be such that an overload in one pole automatically causes all poles to open. Maintain phase sequence throughout each panel so that any three adjacent breaker poles are connected to Phases A, B, and C, respectively.

Page 72: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

5 of 15

b. Circuit Breakers for HVAC Equipment

Circuit breakers for HVAC equipment having motors (group or individual) shall be marked for use with HACR type and UL listed as HACR type.

2.12 TRANSFORMERS

General purpose, UL listed, two winding, dry-type, self-cooled, ventilated or unventilated. Provide transformers in NEMA 2 enclosure. Transformers shall have 220ºC insulation system. Transformers with 15 kVA and greater shall have 150ºC temperature rise, and for transformers rated 10 kVA and less, with temperature rise not exceeding 115ºC temperature rise under full-rated load in maximum ambient of 40 degrees C. Transformer of 150ºC temperature rise shall be capable of carrying continuously 100 percent of nameplate kVA without exceeding insulation rating. Transformer of 115ºC temperature rise shall be capable of carrying continuously 115 percent of nameplate kVA without exceeding insulation rating. Transformers shall be quiet type with maximum sound level at least 3 decibels less than NEMA standard level for transformer ratings indicated. Provide K-rated, shielded, isolation type dry type transformer as indicated.

2.13 MOTORS

NEMA MG 1, hermetic-type sealed motor compressors shall also comply with UL 984. Provide the size in terms of kW HP, or kVA, or full-load current, or a combination of these characteristics, and other characteristics, of each motor as indicated or specified. Determine specific motor characteristics to ensure provision of correctly sized starters and overload heaters. Considering voltage drops along feeders and branch circuits, 3-Phase motors supplied from 400V 3-phase (nominal) shall be rated 380 volts. If used in this project, single-phase motors supplied from 230 volts (nominal) shall be rated 220 volts. Also, if used in this project, 3-phase motors supplied from special step-down transformers of 230 volts 3-phase secondary shall be rated 220 volts, 3-phase. Motors shall be designed to operate at full capacity with voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent of motor voltage rating. Provide motors in hazardous locations with classifications as indicated.

2.13.1 High Efficiency Single-Phase Motors

Single-phase fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors shall be high efficiency types corresponding to the applications listed in NEMA MG 11.

2.13.2 High Efficiency Polyphase Motors

Polyphase motors shall be selected based on high efficiency characteristics relative to the applications as listed in NEMA MG 10.

2.14 MOTOR CONTROLLERS

All controllers shall have thermal overload protection in each phase. Magnetic-type motor controllers shall have under voltage protection when used with momentary-contact pushbutton stations or switches and shall have under voltage release when used with maintained-contact pushbutton stations or switches. When used with a pressure, float, or similar automatic-type or maintained-contact switch, the controller shall have a hand-off-automatic selector switch. Connections to the selector switch shall be such that only the normal automatic regulatory control devices will be bypassed when the switch is in the "hand" position. All safety control devices, such as low and high pressure cutouts, high temperature cutouts, and motor overload protective devices, shall be connected in the motor control circuit in both the "hand" and the "automatic" positions. Control circuit connections to any hand-off-automatic selector switch or to more than one automatic regulatory control device shall be made in accordance with an indicated, or a manufacturer's approved, wiring

Page 73: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

6 of 15

diagram. The selector switch shall have means for locking in any position. For each motor not in sight of the controller, the controller disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the open position or a manually operated, non-fused switch which will disconnect the motor from the source of supply shall be placed within sight of the motor location. Overload protective devices shall give adequate protection to the motor windings, be of the thermal inverse-time-limit type, and include a manual-reset type pushbutton on the outside of the motor controller case. The cover of a combination motor controller and manual switch or circuit breaker shall be interlocked with the operating handle of the switch or circuit breaker so that the cover cannot be opened unless the handle of the switch or circuit breaker is in the off position.

2.14.1 Reduced-Voltage Controllers

Provide for 230 volts polyphase motor 15 horsepower and larger, and for 380 volts polyphase motors 30 horsepower and larger. Reduced-voltage starters shall have an adjustable time interval between application of reduced and full voltages to the motors.

2.14.2 Variable frequency drives (VFD)

Provide frequency drive to control the speed of induction motor/s. The VFD shall include the following minimum functions, features and ratings.

a. Provide AC Line Reactor;

b. A converter stage per UL 508C shall change fixed voltage, fixed frequency, ac line power to a fixed dc voltage. The converter shall utilize a full wave bridge design incorporating diode rectifiers. Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR) is not acceptable. The converter shall be insensitive to three phase rotation of the ac line and shall not cause displacement power factor of less than 0.95 lagging under any speed and load condition;

c. An inverter stage shall change fixed dc voltage to variable frequency, variable

voltage, and ac for application to a standard NEMA design B squirrel cage motor. The inverter shall be switched in a manner to produce a sine coded pulse width modulated (PWM) output waveform;

d. The VFD shall be capable of supplying 120 percent of rated full load current for

one minute at maximum ambient temperature;

e. The VFD shall be designed to operate from a 380 volts, + or - 10 percent, three phase, 60 Hz supply, and control motors with a corresponding voltage rating;

f. Acceleration and deceleration time shall be independently adjustable from one

second to 60 seconds;

g. Adjustable full-time current limiting shall limit the current to a preset value, which shall not exceed 120 percent of the controller rated current. The current limiting action shall maintain the V/Hz ratio constant so that variable torque can be maintained. Short time starting override shall allow starting current to reach 175 percent of controller rated current to maximum starting torque;

h. The controllers shall be capable of producing an output frequency over the range

of 3 Hz to 60 Hz (20 to one speed range), without low speed cogging. Over frequency protection shall be included such that a failure in the controller electronic circuitry shall not cause frequency to exceed 110 percent of the maximum controller output frequency selected;

i. Minimum and maximum output frequency shall be adjustable over the following

Page 74: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

7 of 15

ranges:

(1) Minimum frequency 3 Hz to 50 percent of maximum selected frequency; and

(2) Maximum frequency 40 Hz to 60 Hz;

j. The controller efficiency at any speed shall not be less than 96 percent;

k. The controllers shall be capable of being restarted into a motor coasting in the

forward direction without tripping;

l. Protection of power semiconductor components shall be accomplished without the use of fast acting semiconductor output fuses. Subjecting the controllers to any of the following conditions shall not result in component failure or the need for fuse replacement.

(1) Short circuit at controller output; (2) Ground fault at controller output; (3) Open circuit at controller output; (4) Input undervoltage; (5) Input overvoltage; (6) Loss of input phase; (7) AC line switching transients; (8) Instantaneous overload; (9) Sustained overload exceeding 115 percent of controller rated current; (10) Over temperature; (11) Phase reversal;

m. Solid-state motor overload protection shall be included such that current exceeding an adjustable threshold shall activate a 60 second timing circuit. Should current remain above the threshold continuously for the timing period, the controller will automatically shut down;

n. A slip compensation circuit shall be included which will sense changing motor load conditions and adjust output frequency to provide speed regulation of NEMA B motors to within ± 0.5 percent of maximum speed without the necessity of a tachometer generator.

o. The VFD shall be factory set for manual restart after the first protective circuit trip

for malfunction (overcurrent, undervoltage, overvoltage or over temperature) or an interruption of power. The VFD shall be capable of being set for automatic restart after a selected time delay. If the drive faults again within a specified time period (adjustable 0-60 seconds), a manual restart will be required;

p. The VFD shall include external fault reset capability. All the necessary logic to

accept an external fault reset contact shall be included;

q. Provide critical speed lockout circuitry to prevent operating at frequencies with critical harmonics that cause resonant vibrations. The VFD shall have a minimum of three user selectable bandwidths;

r. Provide the following operator control and monitoring devices mounted on the front

panel of the VFD enclosure;

Page 75: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

8 of 15

2.14.3 Pushbutton Stations

Provide with "start-stop" momentary contacts having one normally open and one normally closed set of contacts, and ruby indicating lights to indicate when the motor is running. Stations shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight design.

2.14.4 Pilot and Indicating Lights

Provide transformer type. 2.14.5 Terminal Blocks

In accordance with NEMA.

2.14.6 Solid-state Soft Starter

Provide solid-state soft starter, 380V or 230V, 3Ø, as indicated on the plans, size shall be based on heavy-duty operation. The solid-state soft starter shall consist of based power section, logic board, and local control panel.

The solid-state controller shall be equipped with the minimum motor protection, as follows:

a. Electronic Motor Overload Protection;

b. Stall Protection and Jam Detection;

c. Overvoltage Protection; and

d. Voltage Unbalance Protection.

The solid-state controller shall be equipped with the minimum metering capability, as follows:

a. 3-phase current;

b. 3-phase voltage;

c. Power in kW;

d. Power usage in kWH;

e. Power factor;

f. Motor thermal capacity usage;

g. Elapsed time.

The solid-state starter shall have an MCC mounted local control panel for set-up, monitoring and indication of the controller’s status.

2.14.7 Pilot and Indicating Lights

Provide transformer type. 2.14.8 Terminal Blocks

In accordance with NEMA.

Page 76: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

9 of 15

2.15 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Wiring shall be NEMA Class II, Type B, in NEMA Type 4X enclosure. Provide control centers suitable for operation on 480 volts, 3-phase, 3-wire, 60-hertz. Bus system shall be braced to the minimum interrupting capacity indicated on the plans. All control units shall be fixed mounted, compartmental type. Incoming power feeder shall be cable entering at top or bottom of the enclosure and terminating on lugs or main protective device. Main protective device shall be molded case circuit breaker thermal magnetic type, rated as indicated. Arrange busing so that control center can be expanded on both ends. Bus shall be tin-plated copper. Interconnecting wires shall be copper. Terminal blocks shall be plug-in type so that controllers may be removed without disconnecting individual control wiring.

2.15.1 Motor Disconnecting Devices and Controllers Shall comply with paragraph 2.15.2, “Combination Motor Controllers." 2.15.2 Combination Motor Controllers

Shall comply with other requirements in paragraph 2.14, "Motor Controllers." Controller shall employ molded case circuit breaker for branch circuit protection Circuit breakers for combination controllers shall be thermal magnetic type.

2.16 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR

For Distribution Panels (DP) applications 2.16.1 Electrical Requirements For distribution panel and power panel applications: a. Unit Operating Voltage - Rating as indicated

b. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) - The MCOV shall be greater than 115% of the nominal system operating voltage.

c. Protection Modes - The TVSS shall be wye configured, the device must have directly

connected suppression elements between line-ground (L-G), line-neutral (L-N) and neutral-ground (N-G).

d. ANSI/IEEE Cat C3 Let Through Voltage - The let-through voltage based on IEEE

C62.41 and C62.45 recommended procedures for Category C3 surges (20 kV, 10 kA) shall be less than L-N modes of 900V for 480Y/277 volt systems; and not less than the L-N modes of 500V for 240/138 volt systems.

2.16.2 Surge Current Capacity

The TVSS shall be capable to withstand the following minimum total surge current 8 x 20 microsecond waveform:

a. minimum surge current per phase - 80 kA b. minimum surge current per mode - 40 kA

2.16.3 Installation

The TVSS shall be for service entrance low voltage switchgear and distribution panel, power

Page 77: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

10 of 15

panel locations, tested and suitable for ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C3 environment. The suppressor and integral disconnect shall be installed to the panel using a direct bus bar connection. TVSS units that use a wire connection do not meet the intent of this specification. All monitoring diagnostic features such as indicator lights, trouble alarms and surge counter shall be mounted on the front of the switchboard.

2.17 GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT

Ground rods shall be the copper-bonded steel, with minimum diameter of 20 mm and 3048 mm long, unless otherwise indicated.

2.18 TELEPHONE SYSTEM

Provide a system of conduits, cables, terminal boxes, outlet and junction boxes, telephone sets and other accessories for a complete telephone system. Telephone system shall be as indicated on the drawings.

2.18.1 Outlet Boxes for Telephone System

Standard type, as specified herein. Mount flush in finished walls at the height specified for the outlet receptacles.

2.18.2 Cover Plates

Standard telephone type of the finish specified for receptacle and switch cover plates. 2.18.3 Conduit Sizing

Unless otherwise indicated, conduit for single outlets shall be a minimum of 15 mm in diameter and for multiple outlets a minimum of 25 mm in diameter. Size conduits for telephone risers to telephone cabinets, junction boxes, distribution centers, and telephone service as indicated.

2.18.4 Backboards

Interior grade plywood, 20 mm thick. 2.18.1 Terminal Cabinets

Construct of cold-rolled sheet metal. Match trim, hardware, doors and finishes to lighting panelboards.

2.19 COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION (CATV) SYSTEM: 2.19.1 CATV outlets: Provide flush-mounted, 75 ohm, F-type connector outlet rated from 5 to 1000

MHz in standard electrical outlet boxes with mounting frame and cover plates.

2.19.2 Provide modular faceplate for mounting of CATV outlets. Faceplate shall include designation labels and label covers for circuit identification.

2.20 GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT

Ground rods shall be the electrolytic copper molecularly bonded to a rigid steel core, with minimum diameter of 20 mm and 3048 mm long.

Page 78: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

11 of 15

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 General Requirements

Electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of Philippine Electrical Code and to the requirements specified herein.

3.1.2 Wiring Methods

Wiring method shall be insulated conductors installed in conduit, except where specifically indicated or specified otherwise or required by PEC 92 to be installed otherwise. An insulated equipment-grounding conductor shall be provided in all feeder and branch circuits, including lighting circuits unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Provide insulated, green-colored conductor for grounding conductors installed in conduit or raceways. a. Service Entrance Conduit, Underground

Polyvinyl chloride conduits, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The underground portion shall be encased in a minimum of 76 mm of concrete, and shall be installed at least 460 mm slab or grade.

b. Underground Conduit (Other Than Service Entrance)

Polyvinyl chloride conduits with concrete encasement. c. Conduit in Floor Slabs

Intermediate metal conduit.

d. Conduit Installation

Unless indicated otherwise, conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep conduit at least 150 mm away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install conduit parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members where located above accessible ceilings and where conduit will be visible after completion of project. Conduits shall be IMC except for installations concealed above ceiling and of sizes not more than 20 mm in diameter where EMT shall be used.

e. Where conduits rise through floor slabs, the curved portion of bends shall not be

visible above the finish slab.

f. Conduit Support

Support conduit by pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers, or ceiling trapeze. Fasten by wood screws to wood; by toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; by concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or brick; by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel work. Threaded C-clamps may be used on rigid steel conduit only. Do not weld conduits or pipe straps to steel structures. The load applied to fasteners shall not exceed one-fourth of the proof test load. Fasteners attached to concrete ceiling shall be vibration and shock resistant. Holes cut to a depth of more than 38 mm² in reinforced concrete beams or to a depth of more than 19 mm in concrete joints shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet-metal screws. In suspended-ceiling construction, run conduit above the ceiling and fasten only lighting

Page 79: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

12 of 15

system branch circuit conduits to the ceiling supports. Spring steel fasteners may be used for lighting branch circuit conduit supports in suspended ceiling in dry locations. Where conduit crosses building expansion joints provide a suitable watertight expansion fitting that maintains the conduit electrical continuity by bonding jumpers or other means.

3.1.3 Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast-metal fittings. Make

field-made bends and offsets with a hickey or conduit-bending machine. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits. Avoid trapped conduits. Prevent plaster, dirt, or trash from lodging in conduit, boxes, fittings, and equipment during construction. Free clogged conduits of all obstructions.

3.1.4 Telephone and Signal System Conduits

Install in accordance with the previous requirements for conduit and with the additional requirement that no length of run shall exceed 45 meters for trade sizes 50 mm and smaller and shall not contain more than two 90° bends or the equivalent. Provide pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. Inside radii of bends in conduits one-inch trade size and larger shall not less than two times the nominal diameter. Terminate conduit in terminal cabinet with two locknuts and a plastic bushing.

a. Conduit Installed in Concrete Floor Slabs

Locate so as not to adversely affect the structural, strength of the slabs. Install conduit within the middle one-third of the concrete slab. Do not stock conduits. Space conduits horizontally not closer than three diameters except at cabinet locations. Curved portions of bends shall not be visible above the finish slab. Increase slab thickness as necessary to provide a minimum 25 mm covers over conduit. Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints, provide suitable watertight expansion fittings and bonding jumpers. Conduit larger than 25 mm trade size shall be parallel with or at right angles to the main reinforcement; when at right angles to the reinforcement, the conduit shall be close to one of the supports of the slab.

b. Fasten conduits to sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts where

insulated bushings are used, and where bushings cannot be brought into firm contact with the box; otherwise, use at least a single locknut and bushing. Locknuts shall be the type with sharp edges for digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Install bushings on the ends of conduits and provide insulating type.

c. Flexible connections of short length maximum of 1.8 meters shall be provided for

transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be used in wet locations. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across flexible connections.

3.1.5 Cable Tray Installation

Install and ground per PEC. Install cable trays parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Support at maximum 3048 mm intervals. Edges, fittings, and hardware shall be finished free from burrs and sharp edges. Provide 30mm² bare copper wire throughout cable tray system, and bond to each section. Conductors that run though smoke and fire partitions shall be installed in 103 mm rigid steel conduits with grounding bushing, extending 305 mm beyond each side of partitions. Seal conduit on both ends to maintain smoke and fire ratings of partitions.

3.1.6 Boxes, Outlets, and Supports

Page 80: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

13 of 15

Provide boxes in the wiring or raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. Boxes for metallic raceways shall be of the cast-metal hub type when located in normally wet locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, when installed exposed up to 2 meters above interior floors and walkways. Boxes in other locations shall be sheet steel, except that aluminum boxes may be used with aluminum conduit, and nonmetallic boxes may be used with nonmetallic-sheathed cable conduit system. Each box shall have the volume required by the Code for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. Boxes for mounting lighting fixtures shall be not less than 100 mm square or octagonal, except that smaller boxes may be installed as required by fixture configurations, as approved. Boxes for use in masonry- block or tile walls shall be square-cornered tile-type, or standard boxes having square-cornered tile-type covers. Provide gaskets for cast-metal boxes installed in wet locations and boxes installed flush with the outside of exterior surfaces.

Provide separate boxes for flush or recessed fixtures when required by the fixture terminal operating temperature; fixtures shall be readily removable for access to the boxes unless ceiling access panels are provided. Support boxes and pendants for surface-mounted fixtures on suspended ceilings independently of the ceiling supports or make adequate provisions for distributing the load over the ceiling support members in an approved manner. Fasten boxes and supports with wood screws on wood, with bolts and expansion shield on concrete or brick, with toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and with machine screws or welded studs on steel work. Threaded studs driven in by powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts or nail-type nylon anchors may be used in lieu of wood screws, expansion shield or machine screws. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be separately supported except where used for fixture support; support sheet metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved type fastener not more than 600 mm from the box. When penetrating reinforced-concrete members, avoid cutting any reinforcing steel.

a. Boxes for use with raceway systems shall not be less than 38 mm deep, except

where shallower boxes required by structural conditions are approved. Boxes for other than lighting-fixture outlets shall be not less than 100 mm², except that 100 mm by 50 mm boxes may be used where only one raceway enters the outlet. Telephone outlets shall be a minimum of 100 mm² by 38 mm² deep.

b. Pull Boxes

Construct of not less than the minimum size required by the Code of code-gage galvanized sheet steel, except where cast-metal boxes are required in locations specified above. Furnish boxes with screw-fastened covers. Where several feeders pass through a common pull box, tag the feeders to indicate clearly the electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel designation.

c. Extension rings may be used only on existing boxes in concealed conduit systems

where wall is furred out for new finish.

d. Mounting Heights

Mount panelboards, circuit breakers, and disconnecting switches so the height of the operating handle at its highest position will not exceed 2 meters from the floor. Mount lighting switches 1.2 meters above finished floor, receptacles 450 mm above finished floor, and other devices as indicated. Measure mounting heights of wiring devices and outlets to the center of device or outlet.

3.1.7 Conductor Identification

Page 81: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

14 of 15

Provide conductor identification within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. For conductors 14 mm

2 and smaller, color-coding shall be by factory-applied

color-impregnated insulation. For conductors 22 mm² and larger, color-coding shall be by plastic-coated self-sticking markers, colored nylon cable ties and plates, or heat-shrink type sleeves. Identify control circuit terminations.

3.1.8 Splices

Make splices in accessible locations. Make splices in conductors 5.5 mm² and smaller with an insulated pressure type connector. Make splices in conductors 8 mm² and larger with a solderless connector and cover with an insulation material equivalent to the conductor insulation.

3.1.9 Covers and Device Plates

Install with all four edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces without the use of mats or similar devices. Plaster fillings will not be permitted. Plates shall be installed with an alignment tolerance of 1.5 mm. The use of sectional type device plates will not be permitted. Plates installed in wet locations shall be gasketed.

3.1.10 Grounding and Bonding

In accordance with Philippine Electrical Code. Ground all exposed non-current-carrying metallic part of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways, and neutral conductor of wiring systems. Make ground connection to driven ground rods on the exterior of the building. Where ground fault protection is employed, take care that the connection of ground and neutral does not interfere with the correct operation of the fault protection.

a. Grounding Conductor

Provide an insulated, green-colored equipment-grounding conductor in all feeder and branch circuits. This conductor shall be separated from the electrical system neutral conductor.

b. Resistance

The maximum resistance to ground of the grounding system shall not exceed 25 ohms under normally dry conditions. Where the resistance obtained exceeds 25 ohms, contact the Engineer for further instructions.

3.1.11 Owner Furnished Equipment

The Contractor shall rough-in for this equipment and shall make connections to this equipment to make it operate as intended, including providing miscellaneous items such as plugs, receptacles, wire, cable, conduit, flexible conduit, and outlet boxes or fittings.

3.2 FIELD TESTS

The Contractor shall provide all test equipment and personnel and submit written copies of all test results. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the contract, the Owner shall be given 5 working days notice prior to each test.

3.2.1 Devices Subject to Manual Operation

Page 82: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Wiring Systems

15 of 15

Each device subject to manual operation shall be operated at least five times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.

3.2.2 Test on 600-Volt Wiring

Test all 600-volt wiring to verify that no short circuits or accidental grounds exist. Perform insulation resistance tests on all wiring 14 mm² and larger using an instrument which applies a voltage of approximately 500 volts to provide a direct reading of resistance; minimum resistance shall be 25,000 ohms.

3.2.3 Grounding System Test

Test the grounding system to assure continuity and that the resistance to ground is not excessive. Test each ground rod for resistance to ground before making any connections to the rod; then tie entire grounding system together and test for resistance to ground. Make resistance measurements in normally dry weather, not less than 48 hours after rainfall. Submit written results of each test to the Owner and indicate the location of the rods as well as the resistance and soil conditions at the time the measurements were made.

3.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

IMC conduits, PVC thick wall conduits, wires and cables and cable tray will be measured by linear meter installed and accepted.

Pull boxes, junction boxes, and utility boxes shall be the actual number installed and accepted.

Receptacles specified whether special purpose, GFCI or duplex; start-stop push button; disconnect switches; combination motor starters and dry type transformers will be based on the number of sets installed and accepted.

Panel and switchgears; enclosed circuit breakers of the size and enclosure type specified; and manual motor starters of the size specified will be the number of assembly installed and accepted.

Testing and commissioning will be on one (1) lot basis.

3.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities

******

Page 83: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

1 of 6

SECTION 16462 - THREE - PHASE PADMOUNTED TRANSFORMER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, “Electrical General Requirements”, applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes providing and installing new pad mounted transformers, as shown on the plans.

1.3 SUBMITTAL

1.3.1 Catalog Information

Transformer and associated accessories 1.3.2 Shop Drawings and Testing Procedures

Submit shop drawing and testing procedures for the transformer, indicating but not limited to the following:

a. Transformer and associated accessories. b. Overall dimensions, front view and sectional views. c. Elementary diagrams and transformer diagrams having their terminals identified, and

indicating the internal wiring for each item of equipment and interconnection between the items.

d. Routine test and design tests. 1.3.3 Certified Laboratory Test Reports

Submit in triplicate certified copies of reports of all tests. 1.3.4 Operating and Maintenance Manuals

Submit three copies of operating and maintenance manual of the transformers and all associated accessories.

PAR 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

The transformer shall be pad mounted compartmental type, self-cooled, looped-feed, mineral oil immersed, three phase, 60Hz four or five legged core distribution transformer with separable insulated high voltage elbow connectors, for the application on 13200 volts underground system.

2.2 ELECTRICAL RATINGS

2.2.1 Ratings

The kVA rating shall be as indicated on the Design Plans. The rating shall be continuous and shall be based on not exceeding a 65°C average winding temperature rise or an 80°C

Page 84: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

2 of 6

hot spot conductor temperature rise above an ambient temperature of 30°C. The temperature rise of the insulating oil shall not exceed 65°C when measured near the top of the tank.

2.2.2 Voltage Ratings:

a. The transformer shall have a primary voltage rating of 13,200 volts delta.

b. The secondary voltage rating shall be 400/230 volts WYE – connected. 2.2.3 Tap Changer

Four taps shall be furnished to provide (2) 2 ½ % taps above and two (2) 2 ½ % below. All taps shall be at rated capacity. Tap changer shall be designed for de-energized operation. It shall be externally operable, with a handle brought out through the tank wall.

2.2.4 Insulation Levels

Insulation level shall be 95kV BIL, 15kV Class on the high side. 2.2.5 Impedance

The guaranteed percent impedance of transformers shall be 5.75 with a tolerance of ±7.5%. Actual percent impedance values shall not exceed the limits specified. Conformance shall be verified through test reports.

2.2.6 Primary Switching

An internal liquid immersed, gang operated, three phase, four position (T-blade), manually operated load break switch shall be provided for connecting and disconnecting the transformer from either one or both incoming lines for completely disconnecting the transformer from the a looped primary cable system. The switch must capable of switching 200 amperes to permit sectionalizing of the looped system. The switch handle shall be located in the primary compartment and must be hot-stick operable.

2.2.7 Over-current Protection:

a. Primary Protection

Primary fusing arrangement shall be a combination of expulsion fuse and current limiting fuse coordinated to provide range protection, with the expulsion protection with expulsion fuse for clearing low current faults and current and the current limiting fuse clearing high current faults up to 40kA symmetrical.

b. The expulsion fuse shall be liquid immersed bayonet type and shall be suitable for field

replacement using standard hot stick. A drip shield shall be provided under the bayonet fuse, such that oil will not drip on elbows or cables when removing the fuse.

c. The current limiting fuse shall be liquid immersed, internal block mounted and shall not

be suitable for field replacement.

Fuse shall be selected to limit the transformer load to approximately 160% percent of transformer rating for 7 hours, 200 percent of the transformer rating for 2 hours, with transformer initially carrying 75% of load at 35°C ambient temperature.

2.2.8 Current Carrying Capabilities

The minimum current capabilities of components for loop primary systems shall be 200 amperes (continuous) and 10000 amperes symmetrical (momentary).

Page 85: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

3 of 6

2.2.9 Overload Capacity

The transformer shall have a loading capability in accordance with the loading schedule per ANSI/IEEE C57.91 and ANSI/IEEE C57.92.

2.3 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

2.3.1 General

The transformer shall be dead front compartmental type consisting of transformer tank with high voltage and low voltage cable terminating compartment assembled as an integral unit for mounting on a pad.

a. There shall be no exposed screws, bolts, or other fastening devices, which are

externally removable. b. There shall be no opening through which foreign object, such as sticks rods, or wires

might contact live parts. c. The high voltage and low voltage compartments shall be located side by side

separated by a steel barrier, with the high voltage at the left side, viewed from the front. Access to the high voltage side shall only be made after the door of the low voltage compartment has been open.

d. The termination compartment shall through a removable hinged door equipped for

latching in the open position. The compartment door shall be of sufficient size to provide adequate operating and working space when removed or open. The removable doorsill shall be provided to permit rolling or skidding of unit into place over conduit stubs in the foundation.

e. The high voltage compartment shall have a sufficient space to contain metal oxide

elbow surge arrester. f. Brackets for parking bushings shall be provided, arranged for a loop feed system. g. The low voltage compartment shall have a sufficient size to contain a secondary circuit

breaker. h. Facilities for lifting, jacking, rolling and mounting shall be provided.

2.3.2 High Voltage Bushing

Six (6) separable insulation high voltage bushing shall be provided for the use of load break elbows.

a. Each load bushing shall be an integral, 3∅ rated load break design as per ANSI/IEEE

386, 200A, 15kV class, 95kV BIL. Elbow connector and bushing shall be of the same manufacturer.

b. The high voltage neutral shall be insulated from the low voltage neutral and brought

out through separate glazed, wet-process porcelain bushing into the high voltage compartment. It shall be grounded externally using removable ground strap sized for the rating of the transformer.

2.3.3 Low Voltage Bushing

Four insulated low voltage bushing shall be provided. Bushing shall be glazed, wet process porcelain and shall have tinned spade with four holes terminal.

Page 86: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

4 of 6

a. The low voltage neutral shall be brought out through insulated, glazed, wet-process

porcelain bushing into the low voltage compartment. It shall be grounded externally using removable ground strap sized for the rating of the transformer.

2.3.4 Tank

Tank shall be seated tank construction with a welded main cover. Tank shall have a sufficient strength to withstand pressure of 48.3 kPa and without permanent distortion.

2.3.5 Oil Level Indicator, Drain and Sampling Device

There shall be a sight glass that will allow inspection of oil level. A 25 mmφ drain plug and a 10 mmφ sampler shall be provided.

2.3.6 Pressure Relief

A pressure relief valve shall be provided. 2.3.7 Finishing & Label:

a. The transformer shall be painted with a Munsell green color 7GY 3.29/1.5. The coating shall conform to ANSI 61 Light Gray. All compartment and tank surfaces in contact with the mounting surface up to at least 150mm above shall be designed or treated against corrosion.

b. Hazardous voltage warning and danger labels shall be provided on exterior and interior of

the compartments. 2.4 INSULATING LIQUID

The transformer shall be filled with UL classified less-flammable liquid dielectric coolant (R-Temp or Silicon). It shall be biodegradable, non-toxic, with high dielectric strength and compatible with conventional insulating materials.

2.5 TEST AND INSPECTION

2.5.1 Routine Test

The transformers shall be subjected to routine production tests in accordance with the applicable standards used.

2.5.2 Short Circuit Capability

Claims to short circuit capability test shall be supported by the short circuit test report. Short circuit testing shall be done with zero external impedance.

As a proof of satisfactory performance, certified test reports showing result of dielectric test (including impulse test) before and after short circuit shall be submitted. The transformers withstand dielectric tests of ANSI/IEEE C57.12 latest version at the full specification level after following the short circuit test.

2.5.3 Loading Capability

Claims to the loading capacity shall be supported by thermal evaluation test and temperature rise test reports. The thermal evaluation test and rise test report shall be made in accordance ANSI C57.100 and ANSI C57.12.90.

Page 87: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

5 of 6

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Mount equipment on concrete slab as shown. Provide conduit turn-ups and cable entrance space as required by the equipment to be mounted.

3.2 GROUNDING

Provide as specified in Section 16301. In addition, for transformer grounding, provide a bare copper wire not smaller than 50mm

2, not less than 400 mm below grade, connecting

to the indicated ground rods. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.3.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests: Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS.

a. Visual and mechanical inspection; (1) Compare equipment nameplate information with specifications and approved shop

drawings. (2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Check for damaged or cracked

insulators and leaks. (3) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-

wrench method. (4) Verify correct liquid level in tanks. (5) Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by

manufacturer. (6) Verify correct equipment grounding. b. Electrical tests (1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. (2) Perform turns-ratio tests. (3) Perform continuity tests. 3.4 MEASUREMENT OF MEASUREMENT

Pad mounted transformer, elbow connectors and accessories will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted. Testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

Page 88: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

6 of 6

3.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 89: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Single Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

1 of 3

SECTION 16463 - SINGLE PHASE PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, “Electrical General Requirements”, applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes providing and installing new pad-mounted transformers for outdoor installation. Materials not normally furnished by the manufacturer with the equipment shall be provided in Section 16301, “Underground Electrical Work”.

1.3 SUBMITTAL 1.3.1 Shop Drawings and Manufacturer’s Data

Shop drawings for liquid-filled transformers shall indicate, but shall not be limited to the following:

a. overall dimensions

b. impedance values

c. tap ratings

1.3.2 Certificate of Compliance 1.3.3 Operating and Maintenance Manual 1.3.4 Certified Tests Report PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RATINGS

The transformers shall be dead front, liquid-filled, self-cooled, pad-mounted, distribution type suitable for outdoor installation. Transformer data and ratings shall be as follows:

a. Faceplate Arrangement : ANSI Type II

b. KVA : As indicated on the drawings

c. Phase : 1

d. Frequency : 60 Hz

e. Primary Voltage : 7.62 kV (Phase to Ground), 95 kV BIL

f. Secondary Voltage : 230 V, 30 kV BIL g. Taps : Four – 2 ½ percent full capacity taps, two above

and two below rated primary voltage. h. Coolant : High firepoint, non-propagating dielectric coolant

(silicon oil or R-temp), Factory Mutual Approval guide for less flammable liquids having a firepoint

Page 90: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Single Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

2 of 3

not less than 300 degrees C, tested as per ASTM D 877.

i. Temperature Rise : 65

o above a 30

o average ambient with a maximum

ambient not to exceed 40o C.

j. Primary Connection : Loop feed k. Protection : Loadbreak Bay-O-Net assembly with current

limiting fusing l. Windings : Copper

2.2 STANDARDS

The transformer shall be of sealed tank construction with welded cover. It shall be tamperproof and weather protected for mounting on a pad. The high and low voltage compartment shall be side by side, with the low voltage compartment on the right. The cabinet shall be accessible through a removable top-hinged door. High voltage terminations shall be externally clamped one piece integral bushings. A cable accessory parking stand shall be provided and shall be located such that the separable insulated connectors that are designed for operation after the transformer is in place can be operated with hot-line tools. Low voltage bushings shall be blade type spades and shall be removable to allow for field replacement without opening the tank. The transformers shall comply with the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C57.12.00, C57.12.25 and C57.12.90, latest revision thereof. The transformer shall be supplied with a pressure relief device, lifting and jacking provisions, oil drain and fill plugs, standoff brackets, grounding nuts, stainless steel nameplates, and a tar base undercoating. Tap changer and voltage switch shall be externally operable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FOUNDATION FOR EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES

Mount equipment on concrete slab as shown. Provide conduit turn-ups and cable entrance space as required by the equipment to be mounted.

3.2 GROUNDING

Provide as specified in Section 16301, “Underground Electrical Work”. In addition, for transformer grounding, provide a bare copper wire not smaller than 100 mm

2, not less than

600 mm below grade, connecting to the indicated ground rods. 3.3 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTION

As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the contract, the Owner shall be given 5 working days notice prior to each tests.

a. Ground Rod Tests: Do not connect the ground rods until they have been tested for

ground resistance value. Use a portable ground testing megger to test each ground or group of grounds. Follow the directions provided by the equipment manufacturer for proper use of the equipment. Provide one copy of the directions for the use of the observing inspections.

b. Device Subject to Manual Operation: Each device subject to manual operation

Page 91: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Single Phase Pad Mounted Transformer

3 of 3

shall be operated at least three times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.

c. Acceptance Checks, Settings, and Tests: Perform in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations and the latest IEEE standards. Perform work in careful and safe manner so as not to endanger personnel or equipment.

3.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Pad mounted transformer, elbow connector and accessories will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted.

Testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

3.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 92: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

1 of 6

SECTION 16474 - MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

Provide indoor type, extendable modular medium voltage switchgear as indicated on the plans, including furnish of labor, equipment, and incidentals, for testing and commissioning. All materials and parts, which are not specifically mentioned herein but are necessary for the proper erection, assembly and operation of the equipment, shall be furnished.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

1.2.1 Manufacturers' Data

Furnish manufacturer’s data of the medium voltage switchgear, but not limited to the following accessories:

a. Overcurrent Relays; and b. Current Transformers; c. Fuses 1.2.2 Shop Drawings

Prior to fabrication the supplier shall furnish shop drawings for medium voltage switchgear including, but not limited to the following:

a. Overall dimensions and front view; b. One-line diagram;

c. Elementary diagrams and wiring diagrams with terminals identified, and indicating pre-wired interconnections between items of equipment and the interconnection between the items; and

d. Mounting Installation drawings 1.2.3 Certified Routine Tests Reports Submit in triplicate certified copies of routine reports of all tests. 1.2.4 Operating and Maintenance Manual

Submit in triplicate copies of operating and maintenance manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

The switchgear shall be indoor type, made up of modular extendable unit with metal fixed mounted switchgear SF6 insulated. The switchgear shall be constructed and tested in accordance to IEC standards.

2.1.1 Incoming Cubicle

Incoming cubicle shall contain 3 poles bus bars, load break switch, operating device, earthing switch, and voltage indicator. Operating device shall be manual.

Page 93: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

2 of 6

2.1.2 Transformer Protection Cubicle

Transformer cubicle shall contain 3 poles bus bars, load break switch, circuit breaker, operating device, earthing switch, voltage indicator, protection devices and three current transformers. Operating device shall be manual and with shunt trip device.

2.1.3 Outgoing Feeder Cubicle

Same as transformer protection cubicle. 2.2 OPERATING CONDITIONS

The equipment supplies shall have the following characteristics: 2.2.1 Voltage Class, Insulation Level and Rating: a. Nominal System Voltage - 13.8kV

b. Rated Maximum Voltage - 17.5kV

c. Rated Withstand Voltage

Lightning impulse To Earth and Poles - 95kVp Isolating Distance - 110kVp

d. Short time current Rms value - 12.5kA, 1 sec Peak value - 31.5kA e. Cubicle Rated current Incoming - 630A Transformer cubicle - 200A f. Bus bar rated current - 630 A 2.2.2 Enclosure Protection

IP2XC 2.2.3 Control Voltage

Control voltage shall be 48 VDC. The DC power supply unit shall be composed of sealed lead acid batteries, battery charger, and controller in a free standing or wall mounted NEMA 1 enclosure.

2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS

The circuit breakers shall be of the SF6 type and rated as follows: a. Number of poles - 3

b. Frequency - 60 Hz

c. Breaking capacity - 12.5 KA, 1 sec.

d. Rated continuous current - 630A

e. Breaking capacity

Cable charging - 31.5 A

Page 94: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

3 of 6

Line charging - 10A

Single capacitor bank - 400A

f. Making capacity - 40kA

g. Operating time

Opening - 45ms

Arcing - 20ms

Closing - 80ms

h. Rated operating sequences - O-3 min-CO-3min-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3min-CO

i. Mechanical endurance - 5000 (C/O)

j. Electrical endurance - 5000 (C/O)

k. Rated SF6 pressure - 3.5 (bar related at 20°C)

2.3.1 Operating Device

Circuit breakers shall utilize stored energy for closing and opening operations. Design shall be such that it is impossible to close a circuit breaker unless there is sufficient energy to immediately trip the circuit breaker. The breaker can be closed manually and shall have a provision for motorized re-arming and closing coil.

2.3.2 Shunt Trip

Circuit breakers shall be provided with 48 V D.C. shunt trip coil. 2.4 LOAD BREAK SWITCH

Switch shall be in an enclosure filled with SF6 and shall be rated as follows: a. Number of poles - 3

b. Frequency (Hz) - 60

c. Rated continuous current - 630A

d. Breaking capacity Cos f =0.7 - 630A

e. Breaking capacity

Cable charging - 16A

No Load transformer - 16A

f. Making capacity - 31.5kAp

g. Mechanical endurance (C/O) - 1000 (C/O)

h. Electrical endurance(C/O at In) - 100 (C/O)

2.4.1 Operating Mechanism

Load break switch shall utilize tumbler mechanism for closing and opening operation. Load break switch shall have a provision for motorized mechanism.

2.5 EARTHING SWITCH

Switch shall be rated as per paragraph. 2.2.1.

Page 95: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

4 of 6

2.6 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS

The instrument transformers shall withstand continuous overload at 20% and shall be capable of carrying the burden of all the meters and relays installed in the switchgear.

2.6.1 Current transformer

Current transformers shall have an accuracy class of IEC Class 5P20 for protection and Class 0.5M for metering. CT shall have a secondary current 5A. Current transformer shall have a minimum thermal and mechanical rating not less than that of the associated circuit breakers.

2.7 Bus Bar

The bus bar shall be insulated copper directly connected to the switchgear connecting lugs and captive screws.

2.8 OVERCURRENT RELAYS

Overcurrent relay shall be integrated digital protection system including overcurrent protection. Protection shall include the following;

a. Phase and ground time overcurrent, with four characteristic curves (inverse, very

inverse, extremely inverse, and long time inverse) and four values of definite time protection.

b. Phase and ground instantaneous overcurrent, function includes and adjustable

timer. The 50/50N can be disabled with a 0 time setting.

Four output relay contacts shall be provided.

User interfaces shall include LEDs to indicate the relay in service and if a protection device has pick-up. Six individuals target LEDs to indicate each protection function. Relay setting controlled by front panel dipswitches, 2 digit scrolling display, and test connection plugs for current injection testing.

2.9 INTERLOCKS

Interlocks shall be provided to prevent the following operations:

a. The load break switch can be closed if the earthing switch is open and if the cable compartment access door is closed.

b. The earthing switch can only be closed if the load break switch is opened.

c. The cable compartment can only be opened if the earthing switch is closed.

d. The circuit breaker can only be closed if the earthing switch is open and the cable

compartment is closed

e. The main isolator is locked in open position when the cable compartment access door is closed. The earth switch can then be operated for cable tests.

2.10 AUXILIARY CONTACTS

The circuit breakers shall be provided with auxiliary contacts to be used in control monitoring circuits.

a. Line disconnector - 2 O/C;

Page 96: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

5 of 6

b. Circuit Breaker - 2 O/C: and

c. Earthing switch - 2 O/C; 2.11 LOCKING

Cubicles can be made operable, particularly for locking, by padlocking load break switches, earth switches or isolating switches in open or closed position.

Cable compartment access door can also be padlocked. 2.12 SPACE HEATERS

Space heaters shall be provided, to prevent condensation, and shall be suitable for 230 volts, 60 Hertz, single-phase service. Toggle switch shall be furnished for local "on-off" control of the heaters in each panel and shall be mounted at an easily accessible location near the heaters.

2.13 TEST

All cubicles shall be subjected to individual routine test to assure operational performance.

a. Rated withstand voltage tests;

b. Temperature-rise test;

c. Mechanical endurance test; and

d. Electrodynamic and thermal withstand test under short circuit current.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTION

The supplier shall conduct field test and inspection. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner shall be given written notice 5 working days prior to each test.

3.1.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests

Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and latest referenced IEC standards. Include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests. Submit all test reports in triplicate copies.

3.1.1.1 Visual and Mechanical Inspection.

a. Compare equipment nameplate information with specifications and approved shop drawings.

b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.

c. Check for proper anchorage, alignment, required area clearances, and grounding.

d. Perform mechanical operator tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

e. Verify that insulating SF6 gas pressure is correct. f. Inspect all indicating devices for proper operation.

g. Test interlock systems for proper operation and sequencing.

Page 97: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Medium Voltage Switchgear

6 of 6

3.1.1.2 Electrical Tests: a. Perform contact-resistance tests. b. Trip fault interrupters by operation of overcurrent control and remote trip. c. Perform insulation-resistance tests.

d. Perform an over-potential test on each switched way pole with the switched way in the open position in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

e. Set fault overcurrent control in accordance with supplied (by others) settings.

3.2 GROUNDING:

Provide as specified in Section 16301. In addition, for transformer grounding, provide a bare copper wire.

3.3 MEASUREMENT OF MEASUREMENT

Medium voltage ring main unit and HV termination DC power supply battery charger and battery bank with mounting pad will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted.

3.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 98: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

1 of 7

SECTION 16475 - LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements", applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the required and advisory provisions of NFPA 70. Materials not normally furnished by the manufacturer of the equipment shall be provided in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work," and Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems".

1.2 SUBMITTALS

1.2.1 Manufacturers' Data: a. Switchgear;

b. Electronic Power Meters;

c. Relays;

d. Circuit Breakers;

e. Current Transformers;

f. Potential Transformers; and

g. Fuses.

1.2.2 Shop Drawings a. Overall dimensions and front view;

b. Ampere ratings of bus bars;

c. Maximum short circuit bracing;

d. Circuit breaker type, interrupting rating, trip setting;

e. Provision for future extension;

f. Elementary diagrams and wiring diagrams with terminals identified, and indicating pre-wired interconnections between items of equipment and the interconnection between the items; and

g. One-line diagram.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR / SWITCHBOARD

Metal enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker insulated for 600 volts for use on 480-volt system. Switchgear shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI requirements. Each steel unit forming part of the switchgear structure shall be a self- contained housing having individual breaker or instrument compartments, instrument transformers, and a full height rear compartment for the base buses and outgoing cable connections. Equip the individual circuit-breaker compartments with primary and secondary contacts, rails, disconnecting mechanism parts and a cell interlock to prevent moving the removable element into or out of the "connected" position while the circuit breaker is closed. Provide a steel door for each individual breaker compartment. Enclose the top, side, and rear of indoor structures with

Page 99: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

2 of 7

removable steel sheets. Design the structures for future additions. Provide an engraved circuit designation plate on each circuit breaker compartment door.

2.1.1 Buses

All bus bars shall be silver plated copper. Bus sizing shall be ANSI standard temperature rise criteria of 65ºC over 40ºC ambient temperature. Main horizontal bus shall be mounted with all three phases arranged in same vertical plane. The bus system shall have a minimum short circuit withstand rating as indicated on the plans.

Provide full size isolated neutral bus same materials as the phase conductor.

Provide a copper ground bus secured to each vertical structure and extending the entire length of the switchgear.

2.1.2 Main Power Circuit Breaker

Main power circuit breaker shall be draw-out type as indicated with an interrupting rating not less than as indicated on the plans. Breaker frame size shall be as indicated

2.1.2.1 Operating Mechanism

The operating mechanism shall be of O.C.O. stored energy spring type. The spring charging shall be by motor. Motor shall operate at 380 volts AC.

2.1.2.2 Main Contacts

Contacts shall be designed to be maintenance free in normal usage. The main contact shall be equipped with an indicator in order to allow its wear level to be checked without special tools. A mechanical indicator shall be provided on the front face of the circuit breaker which will link to the main contact assembly in such a manner as to positively indicate the contact status, it shall only be possible for “OFF” to be indicated when the contacts are parted and isolated by the required distance.

2.1.2.3 Arc Chutes

Arc chutes shall be common on the whole range and removable on the site to allow inspection of the arc chutes and main contacts.

2.1.2.4 Mechanical Indicator

Mechanical indicator on the front of the air circuit breaker shall be provided to indicate the following:

a. Main contact closed “ON”

b. Main contact open “OFF”

c. Spring charged;

d. Spring discharged;

e. Circuit breaker in connected position;

f. Circuit breaker in disconnected position; and

g. Circuit breaker in test position;

Page 100: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

3 of 7

2.1.2.5 Trip Unit

The circuit breaker shall be equipped with a microprocessor-based tripping system of three current sensors, a trip unit, and a flux-transfer shunt trip. The trip unit shall be front panel adjustable and shall use the microprocessor-based technology to provide the adjustable time current protection function. True rms sensing circuit protection shall be achieved from the circuit breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators when predetermined trip levels and a time delay setting are reached.

Interchangeable rating plug shall establish the continuous trip rating of circuit breaker. Rating shall be fixed type as indicated. Rating plugs shall be interlocked so they are not interchangeable between frames, and interlocked such that a breaker cannot be closed and latched with rating plug removed.

System coordination shall be provided by the following microprocessor based time current curve shaping adjustment.

a. Adjustable long time pick-up (.4 – 1 of In );

b. Adjustable long delay time I″t response;

c. Adjustable short time pick-up (1.5 of Ir-Smax);

d. Adjustable short delay time I″t response;

e. Adjustable instantaneous (2 of Ir – M max);

2.1.2.6 Shunt Release

The main circuit breaker shall be provided with shunt release. Shunt release shall operate at 480 volts AC.

2.1.2.7 Closing Release

The main circuit breaker shall be provided with closing release. The closing release shall operate at 480 volts AC.

2.1.2.8 Auxiliary Contacts

The circuit breakers shall be provided with the following auxiliary contacts to be used in control and monitoring the circuit.

a. CB close/open - 2 O/C;

b. CB connected/disconnected - 2 O/C;

c. Ready to close - 1 O/C;

d. Spring charge - 1 O/C;

Auxiliary contact shall be rated 10A, 480VAC. 2.1.3 Feeder Circuit Breaker

Feeder circuit breakers shall be molded case circuit breakers with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. Circuit breaker shall have an interrupting rating as shown on the plans, for one cycle. The breaker shall be operated by a toggle handle and shall have a quick make, quick break over the center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip free. Automatic tripping of breaker shall clearly indicate by the handle position. Contacts shall be non-welding silver alloy, and arc extension shall be

Page 101: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

4 of 7

accomplished by means of de-ion arc chutes. A push trip button on the front of the circuit breaker shall be provided by a local manual means to exercise the trip mechanism.

2.1.4 Current Transformer

Provide current transformer as shown on the plans. Current transformer shall have a minimum thermal and mechanical rating not less than that of the associated circuit breakers. Current transformer shall be rated as follows:

a. Voltage Rating : 600VAC

b. Ratio : as indicated;

c. Accuracy and burden : as indicated;

d. BIL : 10kV; and

2.1.5 Current Limiting Fuse Provide current limiting fuse as indicated on the plans, rating shall be as follows:

a. Voltage rating : 600V

b. Current rating : as indicated;

c. Interrupting capacity : 100,000 AIC

2.1.6 Potential Transformer Provide potential transformer, rating as follows:

a. Primary Voltage Rating : 480V rms

b. Ratio : as indicated;

c. Accuracy : as indicated;

d. BIL : 10kV; and

e. Thermal Rating : 500VA at 30°C.

2.1.7 Finish

ANSI 61 Light Gray for exterior surfaces. 2.1.8 Corrosion Protection

Bases, frames, and channels of switchgear and switchboards which come in contact with concrete shall be corrosion resistant and shall be fabricated of hot-dip galvanized steel.

2.1.9 Terminal Boards

Provide with engraved plastic terminal strips and screw type terminals for external wiring between components and for internal wiring between removable assemblies. Terminal boards associated with current transformers shall be short-circuiting type. Terminal board identification shall be identical in similar units. External wiring shall be color coded consistently for similar terminal boards.

2.1.10 Wire Marking

Mark control and metering conductors at each end. Provide factory-installed white plastic tubing heat stamped with black block type letters on factory-installed wiring. On field-installed wiring, provide white preprinted polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sleeves, heat

Page 102: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

5 of 7

stamped with black block type letters. Each sleeve shall contain a single letter or number, shall be elliptically shaped to securely grip the wire, and shall be keyed in such a manner to ensure alignment with adjacent sleeves. Provide specific wire markings using the appropriate combination of individual sleeves. Each wire marker shall indicate the device or equipment, including specific terminal number to which the remote end of the wire is attached.

2.1.11 Electronic Power Meter (EPM)

Provide electric power meter as shown on the plans including network cabling system, network interface card, software and related accessories for the complete system operation. EPM meter shall be suitable for 4-wire wye/120 deg. voltage in NEMA 3R enclosure. The EPM shall provide three-phase metering and power analysis with IEC Class 0.5 accuracy. Metering shall include A, V, W, Wh, Wcost, VAR. VARH, VA, Vah, Hz and power factor. Power analysis features shall include an event recorded, waveform capture, harmonic spectrum display (through the 62

nd harmonic with total harmonic

distortion) and a data logger function.

EPM shall have local user’s interface which include a keypad and display for entering all setpoints and reading all measured values and LED indicators for communication status and alarm status.

An RS232 computer interface part shall be provided, and located on the front panel. An RS485 port shall be provided for access using ModBus RTU protocol. Window based software shall be provided to enable setpoints, programming and monitoring.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Electrical installations shall conform to Philippine Electrical Code and to the requirements specified herein. Provide new equipment and materials, unless indicated or specified otherwise.

3.2 GROUNDING

Per Code requirements, except that grounds and grounding systems shall have a resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding 25 ohms.

3.2.1 Grounding Electrodes

Where practicable, use electrically continuous metallic buried water piping for grounding electrodes, supplemented by driven ground rods as specified in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work". Weld ground conductors to the upper end of the ground rods with approved copper-alloy clamps. Provide bolted (clamped) connection at equipment end of ground conductors.

3.2.2 Switchgear Grounding

Provide bare copper cable not smaller than 100 mm2 not less than 610 mm below grade

connecting to the indicated ground rods.

3.2.3 Connections

Weld joints in grounding conductors and mats. The welding process shall not cause joined

Page 103: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

6 of 7

parts to be damaged or weakened and shall join strands. The welding process shall be an exothermic type, and the completed connection or joint shall be equal or larger in size than the conductors joined.

3.2.4 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints in Structures and Pavements

Protect from damage by means of approved devices or methods of installation to allow the necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement. Use stranded or other approved flexible copper cable run or jumper across such separations.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES

Install and connect metal-enclosed switchgear as indicated on project drawings, the approved shop drawings, and as specified herein.

3.4 FOUNDATION FOR EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLERS

Mount switchgear as indicated. 3.5 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

3.5.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks, Settings, and Tests Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and referenced ANSI standards. Perform tests to obtain information about the performance of the breakers, meters, wiring, and instrument transformers together as a unit, as well as separately. Tests shall include but not be limited to the following:

a. Compare actual connections with wiring diagrams. If differences are found,

determine if error is in diagram or in actual wiring; correct as necessary.

b. Inspect devices and equipment for damage or mal-adjustment caused by shipment or installation.

c. Use calibrated torque wrench to assure that tightness of bolted bus joints are in

accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

d. Perform mechanical operator and contact alignment tests on breakers and operating mechanisms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adjust as necessary.

e. Measure breaker contact resistance and perform minimum pick-up voltage tests on

trip and closing coils. Adjust as necessary to stay within manufacturer's acceptable range.

f. Check electrical continuity of current, potential, and control circuits in accordance

with wiring diagrams.

g. Perform insulation resistance test at 500 volts on field-installed control wiring. Disconnect field-installed control wiring from equipment and from factory-installed wiring before testing. Minimum insulation resistance shall be 1,000,000 ohms.

h. Verify type, range, and connections of instrument transformers. Confirm correct

polarity of current transformers electrically.

i. Remove short-circuiting links from current transformers after checking that secondary circuits are complete.

Page 104: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Low Voltage Switchgear

7 of 7

j. Verify meter connections and ensure calibration.

k. Remove wedges, ties, and blocks installed by the manufacturer to prevent damage

during shipment.

l. Check low-voltage circuit breakers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Set trip devices in accordance with ALECO’s - provided settings, and check time-current characteristics with a test kit approved by the breaker manufacturer.

m. Perform testing and calibration of power relays by a certified relay technician.

n. Verify maximum resistance to ground of grounding systems.

CAUTION: Changes of connection, insertion, and removal of instruments and meters

must be performed in such a manner that the secondary circuits of energized current transformers are not opened, even momentarily.

3.5.2 Follow up Verifications

Upon completion of acceptance checks, settings, and tests, the Contractor shall show by demonstration in service that circuits and devices are in good operating condition and performing the intended function. Circuit breakers shall be tripped by operation of each protective device. Test shall require each item to perform its function not less than three times. As an exception to requirements stated elsewhere in the contract, the Owner shall be given five (5) working days advance notice of the dates and times for checks, settings, and tests.

3.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Refer to Section 16402, Interior Wiring System. Measurement and Payment of Low Voltage Switchgear is included thereat.

******

Page 105: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

1 of 8

SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements, "applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes providing lighting fixtures, photocell switches, contactors, and battery-powered units and systems for an airport terminal environment, including lighting fixtures and accessories mounted on the exterior surfaces of buildings. Materials not normally furnished by manufacturers of these devices are specified in Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Data, shop drawings, and reports shall employ the terminology, classifications, and methods prescribed by the IES Lighting Handbook, 10

th Edition, as applicable, for the lighting system

specified.

1.3.1 Manufacturer's Data:

a. Lighting fixtures, including lamp and ballast; and

b. Emergency lighting equipment

1.3.2 Shop Drawings:

a. Lighting fixture assemblies; and

b. Emergency lighting systems

1.3.3 Certified Test Reports

All items in paragraph 1.3.1, “Manufacturer’s Data.”

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS

2.1.1 LAMPS

2.1.1.1 Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Each luminaire shall:

a. Consist of a single assembly utilizing LEDs as its sole light source. b. Be rated for a minimum life of Fifty Thousand (50,000) hours @ B10 L70 maintenance

profile at an ambient of 40°C. c. Be a single, self-contained device with integral power supply unit.

Page 106: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

2 of 8

d. Be dimmable from 10% to 100% under program control and packaged together with a software system that will allow monitoring, control, management and evaluation.

e. On, Off and Dimming functions shall be accomplished using Wireless Control

Program. f. Be delivered completely assembled requiring no on-site assembly. g. Have thermal management that is passive and integral to the unit; use of cooling fans,

cooling pumps or liquid cooling is not permitted. h. Have a minimum ingress protection rating of IP-65 for the LED and optical assembly

and a minimum protection rating of IP-54 for the electrical assembly or electrical compartment unless the individual internal electronic components are sealed to at least IP-54 as per ANSI C136.37-2011 LED luminaires. Full details of the IP system rating can be referred to in IEC 60529.

i. Be free from lead and mercury and others substances of very high concern for RoHS

compliance. j. Have trademarks that are clearly and easily identifiable externally. The trademark shall

be embossed onto the luminaire housing permanently. Painting, sticker, or the use of metal plate with rivets/screws onto the luminaire for trademark or branding purpose is also acceptable.

k. Be capable of being mounted with provisions for horizontal and vertical adjustments to

maintain the luminaire at horizontal position for variation of the boom angle from 0 to 15°.

2.2 LUMINAIRE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Each luminaire shall:

a. Be able to operate at a voltage range 90 VAC to 305 VAC (100VAC-277VAC driver nameplate rating)

b. Be designed to cope up with the voltage fluctuations of ± 25% from nominal input voltage that will have no visible or measurable effect on luminous output and should not cause flickering nor shall this cause the luminaire to reset/restart.

c. Operate the LED at maximum amperage not to exceed 525mA and under a constant current drive mode.

d. Have a power supply/LED Drive with a Power Factor of .95 or better and exhibit a full load efficiency of 90% or better under full load and nominal input voltage condition.

e. Have maximum power consumption for complete unit not exceeding 132W for the 250W equivalent and 210W for the 400W equivalent.

f. Have integral surge suppression protection to withstand line voltage spikes, lightning strikes or other interference of similar nature.

g. Be designed to enable field wiring to connect via a barrier type terminal block with clearly identifiable terminals, and shall be able to accept conductors up to #3.5mm2.

h. Be completely modular with each component including LED arrays, power supply, circuit board, lens and terminal block being independently replaceable.

Page 107: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

3 of 8

i. Be designed so that failure of any single LED shall not result in the loss of function of remaining LEDs. Failure of any LED array shall not result in loss of function of the remaining LED arrays.

j. Be capable of being turned on, turned off and dimmable under program control and using wireless protocol.

2.3 LUMINAIRE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

a.. The housing shall be robustly constructed, weatherproof, insect-proof, corrosion proof and ultraviolet light resistant. Luminaires shall be suitable for operation at an ambient temperature, Ta, of 40°C.

b. Access to the interior of the luminaire shall be from the top. Bottom access is not acceptable. Material used for the construction of the luminaire shall be die-cast aluminum alloy. Glass/Fiber glass reinforced polyester (GRP/FRP) material is not acceptable.

c. Hinges and clips of the top housing cover, if used, shall be robust and made of stainless steel and simple to operate and shall not be liable to accidental detachment during its installation or maintenance.

d. The luminaire canopy giving access to the interior of the luminaire shall in the closed position; be firmly attached to the fixed position of the luminaire. In the open position, it shall be attached in such a way that there is no likelihood of it becoming accidentally detached and thereby damaging any part of the luminaire or the bracket of the poles.

e. Attachment of the luminaire to its bracket arm shall be by means of clamps or jam bolts and designed to accommodate required spigot sizes. A minimum of TWO (2) locking bolts /jam screws shall be provided. An effective protection system shall be provided to prevent the luminaire from falling and causing injuries to road user against impact when a vehicle and/or road user hits the pole.

f. All parts, which carry the weight of the luminaire and internal accessories, shall be provided with suitable locking devices to prevent the dislodgement of any part of the luminaire by vibration either in service or during maintenance.

g. Each luminaire shall be supplied complete with all the necessary LED Driver and Controller wired and ready for installation. The LED luminaire wiring shall be of a size and insulated with materials that will more than effectively withstand the current, voltage and temperature expected within the luminaire during both the starting and operating modes in the ambient temperature of the site.

h The frame or housing shall be secured firmly to the luminaire body by means of stainless steel bolts/screws, clips, and hinge pins.

i. The luminaire should have a variable mounting angle system of 0° to 15° that will allow the unit to be properly positioned.

Page 108: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

4 of 8

2.4 LED DRIVER AND LED MODULE REQUIREMENTS

2.4.1 LED DRIVER

LED Driver

a. The luminaire shall be furnished complete with a UL listed/compliant/approved LED Driver.

b. The LED Driver shall be mounted on a suitable module unit and shall be easily

removable and replaceable as a unit without the use of any special tools. c. Electrical connection and disconnection of the LED Driver unit from the luminaire shall

be through a plug and socket type connection/terminal block such that incoming supply cables need not be removed when removing the LED Driver.

d. The LED Driver shall be solidly filled with polyester compound and enclosed in a sheet

steel or die cast aluminum container or vacuum impregnated with polyester resin of not less than thermal class ‘H’ (180 °C in accordance with IEC 60085).

e. The LED Driver shall be fully compliant with UL 8750 and CE (EN61347, EN 61347-2-

13) Performance Requirements. f. The rated input voltage of the LED Driver shall be from 90-305VAC (100VAC-

277VAC driver nameplate rating) and suitable for operation from 47 to 63 Hz. Line regulation should be 3% or better and load regulation should be 1% better. All terminals shall be screw connector type or terminal lug type.

g. Acceptable LED driver efficiency shall be 90% or better under full load and nominal

input voltage condition. h The LED Driver Power Factor at full load and nominal input voltage condition should be

0.95 or better. i. The LED Driver shall have an integral/built-in Over Current, Output Short Circuit with

Auto Recovery, Thermal Overload and Surge Protection. j. The Led Driver shall be packaged with an IP67 for suitability for damp and wet

location.

LED Chip

Each LED chip supplied shall belong to a class designated as Power LED type and shall have a color temperature of approximately 5700°K nominal and within the specified range of 5310-6020°K. The minimum lumen output specifications of the LED module shall be as follows:

Page 109: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

5 of 8

Each LED chip product that shall be used must have undergone an LM-80 evaluation and must be a UL listed/compliant/ approved component.

Each LED chip must have a minimum 120 lumen per watt output at an ambient temperature of 25OC as tested at the specified current of 350mA for a higher efficacy solution and shall have a B10 L70 lumen maintenance profile under the expected operating conditions.

Each LED chip should exhibit an ESD sensitivity <8 KV (CLASS 3A) Human Body Model (HBM) or better and shall have a built in transient suppression as standard feature.

Each LED chip must be certified to be RoHS and REACH compliant.

Each LED chip must exhibit a fail short operational failure mode. Unless provided with an automatic bypass circuit/component, LED chips with indeterminate failure mode or LED chips that fail open are deemed unacceptable.

Dimming Facilities

Dimming of the street lighting shall be achieved via a built-in dimmer system that is fully programmable and integral part of the LED luminaires to allow precise control of switching time and appropriate lighting level down to 10% of its nominal output level. No flicker shall be observed within the entire dimming range. Dimming process shall be implemented using wireless control.

Surge and Spike Protection

The electronic device shall be so constructed that it will not be damaged by voltage spikes and reasonable surges in the AC power line. A surge suppressor capable of handling lightning strikes should be an integral part of the system. Additional surge/transient suppression in conjunction with 6.4.2 must be implemented either internally or externally at the input and at the output end of the LED driver.

Optical System

The optical lens system to be used should comply with the requirements for type distribution as per specification. The optical efficiency shall be equal or greater than 93%.The optical lens shall be a combination of extremely wide Side-Emitting design, with wide horizontal and vertical angle and wide Batwing design with very uniform light distribution. The material shall be an optical grade PMMA with high UV and temperature resistance (105

oC/220

oF) which allows its use for high current and

temperature condition. Material used must be UL listed/approved and ROHS compliant. The optical lens shall come with integrated positioning pins that can be

Total System Power

Consumption (Watts)

Color Correlated

Temperature (CCT)

CRI TYP

Lumen Output (Lm)

125

5700°K

≥70

14039

205

5700°K

≥70

23053

Page 110: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

6 of 8

fastened to MCPCB/heatsink or with PU foam adhesive tape qualified for automotive grade application and/or an optical lens system that will assure reliability and integrity of placement and mounting. If a protective cover is used for the LED within the optical assembly, it shall be constructed from tempered glass with a minimum thickness of 4mm for durability and to prevent optical degradation and discoloration due to ageing.

Heat Sink

The LED Modules are mounted on an extruded aluminum heat sink and with a specified grade of 6063 or better in terms of thermal conductivity, finned and ribbed to provide a highly efficient assembly for heat dissipation. The heatsink shall be of sufficient thickness to assure structural rigidity and preclude the possibility of twisting, bending, canting or other similar deformation that will be detrimental to the LED assembly mounted onto it. The heat sink shall be anodized or shall have an industry accepted coating as protection from corrosion.

Conformity with Standards

The luminaire and its associated electrical components shall comply with and be tested following IEC Standards together with all current amendments.

The manufacturer / bidder firm shall submit the following documents/ technical details for technical evaluation:

(1) Technical Catalogue of the Product

(2) Lumen Depreciation Curve of LEDs used (supplied by LED manufacturer)

(3) Detailed design / calculation of lighting scheme with the following parameters:

(a) Lux Level (b) Uniformity

(4) The detailed calculation for lux levels with uniform distribution including the lux distribution curve / graph / spatial distribution shall be submitted in support of the dimensions selected and variation thereof.

(5) Supporting documents where applicable showing:

(a) UL Listing/Compliance/Approval (b) RoHS Compliance (c) REACH Compliance (d) LM-80 Report for the LED component (e) Technical Datasheets (f) MSDS

2.5 RECESS AND FLUSH-MOUNTED FIXTURES

Provide type that can be re-lamped from the bottom. Trim for the exposed surface of flush-mounted fixtures shall be as shown on sketches or as indicated.

2.6 SUSPENDED FIXTURES

Provide hangers capable of supporting twice the combined weight of the adjoining fixtures. Provide with swivel hangers to ensure a plumb installation. Hangers shall be cadmium-plated

Page 111: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

7 of 8

steel with swivel-ball tapped for the conduit size indicated. Hangers shall be shock absorbing type where indicated. Hangers shall allow fixtures to swing within an angle of 20°. Brace pendants 1.2 meters or longer provided in shops or hangers to limit swinging. Single-unit suspended fluorescent fixtures shall have twin-stem hangers. Multiple-unit or continuous row fluorescent fixtures shall have tubing or stem for wiring at one point and a tubing or rod suspension provided for each unit length of chassis, including one at each end. Rods shall be a minimum 4.7 mm diameter.

2.7 EXIT SIGNS

Exit signs shall be as indicated.

2.7.1 Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type)

Provide with automatic power failure device, test switch pilot light, and fully automatic high/low trickle charger in a self-contained power back. Battery shall be sealed wet or gel electrolyte type, shall operate unattended, and shall require no maintenance including additional water for a period of not less than 5 years.

2.8 EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT

Emergency lights shall be as indicated. Provide lamps in wattage indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Install lighting fixtures plumb, square, and level with ceiling walls, in alignment with adjacent lighting fixtures, and secure in accordance with manufacturer's directions and approved shop drawings. The installation shall meet with the requirements of the Code. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to bottom of fixture for ceiling-mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall-mounted fixtures. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on the job before installation is commenced and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type, style, and pattern of the ceiling being installed. Recessed and semi-recessed fixtures may be supported from suspended ceiling support system ceiling tees if the ceiling system support rods or wires are provided at a minimum of four rods of wires per fixture and located not more than 152 mm from each corner of each fixture. For round fixtures or fixtures smaller in size than the ceiling acoustical panels support such fixtures independently or with at least two 19 mm metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling tees. Provide rods or wires for lighting fixture support under this section of the specifications. Additionally, for recessed fixtures, provide support clips securely fastened to ceiling grid members, a minimum of one near each corner of each fixture.

3.1.1 Exit and Emergency Lights

Wire exit and emergency lights on separate circuits and serve from a lighting panel. Connect this ahead of the main service service protection (MCCB;s). The lights shall have only one control, which shall be the circuit breaker in the lighting panel. Wire emergency lights ahead of the switch to the normal lighting circuit located in the same room or area.

3.1.2 Grounding

Ground non-current-carrying part of equipment as specified in Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems." Where the copper-grounding conductor is connected to a metal other than copper, provide exothermic connection suitable for this purpose.

Page 112: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Interior Lighting

8 of 8

3.1.3 Field Tests

The Contractor will provide electric power required for field tests.

3.1.4 Operating Test

Upon completion of the installation, conduct an operating test to show that the equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of this section.

3.1.5 Insulation Resistance Test

Perform as specified in Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems'" both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment.

3.1.6 Ground Resistance Tests

Perform as specified in Section 16402, “Interior Wiring System.” 3.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

The lighting fixtures, of the type specified and light switch of the type specified will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted. Testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

3.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 113: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

1 of 10

SECTION 16523A - CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATORS & REGULATORS MONITORS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE

This specification details the requirements for constant current regulators and a monitor system for use with airport series lighting circuits.

PART 2 - GENERAL

The following is a list of documents that the Contractor is advised to refer to: a. AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program b. AC 150/5345-47 Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems c. FAA-STD-019d Lightning and Surge Protection, Grounding, Bonding and

Shielding Requirements for Facilities and Electronic Equipment d. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Telecommunications, Section 15.13,

Incidental Radiators PART 3 - GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 3.1 REGULATION 3.1.1 Resistive Loading

The CCR shall maintain the output current per Table 1 while powering any load from short circuit to 100 percent load.

Table 1 CCR Output Current

Class Style Step Nominal output amperes (A) root mean square (RMS)

Allowable range (A RMS)

1

1

3 6.6 6.5 - 6.70

2 5.5 5.4 - 5.6

1 4.8 4.7- 4.9

1

2

5 6.6 6.50 - 6.70

4 5.2 5.1 - 5.3

3 4.1 4.0- 4.2

2 3.4 3.30 – 3.50

1 2.8 2.7 – 2.9

3.1.2 Reactive Loading

The CCR output current shall be per Table 1 for all current steps when the CCR is connected to series isolation transformers with between 0 and 30 percent of the secondary windings open circuited.

Page 114: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

2 of 10

3.1.2.1 Efficiency

The efficiency of a CCR operated at its rated input voltage with 100 percent load at unity PF must not be less than the values shown in Table 2.

Table 2 CCR Efficiency

CCR size kilowatts (kW) Minimum overall Efficiency (percent)

Less than 30 90

30 92

50 93

70 94

3.1.3 Power Factor.

a. The PF for CCRs 10 kW or less, shall not be less than 0.90.

b. The PF shall not be less than 0.95 for CCRs larger than 10 kW. c. The PF shall be measured with the equipment operating at:

(1) Its maximum intensity setting,

(2) Its rated input voltage, (3) Its rated load at unity PF.

3.1.4 Standard Input Voltage

The CCR standard input voltage must be single phase, 240 volts, 60 Hz.

a. All CCRs’ shall operate when the input voltage is from 95 to 110 percent of its nominal value.

b. The CCR shall be designed to withstand momentary increases of voltage up to 120 percent of the nominal input voltage (duration of over-voltage not longer than 50 milliseconds (ms) at no more than once per minute) without shutdown or damage.

3.1.5 Temperature Rise

The temperature rise of the transformer portion of the CCR shall not exceed the maximum transformer safe operating temperature and the maximum insulation temperature permitted in the hottest spot of the windings when operated at its maximum operating temperature (131 degrees F or 55 degrees C). Temperature rise measurements are performed at room temperature (77 degrees F or 25 degrees C).

3.1.6 Crest Factor

The crest factor for L-829 CCRs’ shall be less than 3.2 with regulator output loading. 3.1.7 CCR Control System.

a. The control system shall stabilize the CCR output current at any selected intensity

within 5.0 seconds, and hold the output current stable within ± 0.1A for 6.6A CCRs and ± 0.3 A for 20A CCRs.

b. The control system shall provide both local and remote control.

Page 115: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

3 of 10

c. The equipment shall function properly when operated by a circuit with a round-trip

length of 3,000 m (10,000 feet) using #19 American Wire Gauge (AWG) control cable.

d. The operating voltage for the remote control system shall not exceed 120 V ac.

3.1.8 Output Current Surge Limitation.

a. The equipment shall be designed so that switching the equipment on and off, changing brightness steps, or opening/shorting the output will not produce current surges that will damage the CCR or any equipment connected to its output.

b. If a start-up time delay is used, no more than 2.0 seconds shall elapse from CCR

turn-on to current present at the output terminals. c. The CCR shall not generate a transient of over 120 percent of the nominal current for

more than 250 milliseconds at any step or setting after the load is switched with a 50 percent resistive component. The preceding must also be true when the load includes an inductive component at a PF of 0.6.

3.1.9 CCR Circuit Isolation.

a. The input power circuit shall be electrically isolated from the output circuit. b. With open circuit protection disabled, the peak output voltage of an open-circuited

CCR shall not exceed two times the rated wattage divided by the rated current or 4,250 volts, whichever is greater.

3.1.10 Protective Devices 3.1.10.1 Open-Circuit Protection.

a. The CCR shall include an open-circuit protective device to open the primary switch within 2.0 seconds after an open circuit is detected in the regulator output circuit.

b. The protective device shall reset within 2.0 seconds after the CCR control switch is turned off and re-energized. Alternatively, if a reset switch is provided, it may be used to reset the protective device and re-energize the regulator.

c. The protective device shall not be tripped by load circuit switching or other

transients.

3.1.10.2 Over-current Protection.

a. CCR’s shall include an over-current protective device that opens the primary

switch when the output current exceeds 100 percent by 5 percent. b. The protective device shall operate within 5.0 seconds after an over-current of 5

percent and within 1.0 second after an over-current of 25 percent. c. The protective device shall reset within 2.0 seconds after the regulator control

switch is turned off and re-energized. Alternatively, if a reset switch is provided, it may be used to reset the protective device and re-energize the regulator.

d. The over-current protection shall not be activated by momentary (0.25 second)

over-current events that are caused by load circuit switching or other transients.

Page 116: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

4 of 10

3.1.11 Input Power Loss

If there is a loss of input power, the CCR shall resume operation on its last selected brightness setting within 5.0 seconds after the restoration of input power.

3.1.12 Electromagnetic Interference

The regulator shall cause the minimum possible radiated or conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) to airport and FAA equipment (e.g., computers, radars, instrument landing systems, radio receivers, VHF Omni-directional Range, etc.) that may be located on or near an airport.

3.2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS 3.2.1 Primary Switch.

a. The CCR shall use a primary switching device that interrupts the input power prior to

the current regulating/transformer circuits. b. The primary switching device shall be operable by remote control and must not

interrupt the regulator internal control power.

3.2.2 Operator Controls.

a. The Operator Controls shall provide, located for ready access on the CCR, without opening doors or removing covers, a means for the operator to select the remote/local modes and the desired current step.

b. If a dedicated control switch (or an assembly of switches) is used, it must be marked: (1) Remote, Off, 10, 30, 100 for a three step CCR. (2) Remote, Off, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 for a five step CCR. c. If a rotary switch is used, it must not be allowed to rotate beyond an active position. d. Multi-function keys or discrete switches shall be used in place of, or in addition to a

dedicated switch.

e. All controls shall be designed to clearly reflect the function and status of the dedicated switch, switches, or keypad entries per paragraph 3.2.2b.

f. The manufacturer shall provide additional functions and features that enhance the

performance or serviceability of the CCR, but they must not cause any confusion with the controls per paragraph 3.2.2b.

3.2.3 Output Ammeter.

a. A flush mounted, true root mean square (rms) digital or analog meter to indicate the

CCR output current must be positioned on the front of the regulator enclosure so it may be easily read.

b. If analog, the meter must have a scale of sufficient length that allows the operator to easily distinguish 0.1 A for a 6.6 A CCR and 0.3 A for a 20 A CCR.

c. The panel meter accuracy must be at least ± 1.0 percent (at full scale with analog

meter) of the CCR maximum output current with non-sinusoidal waveforms.

Page 117: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

5 of 10

3.2.4 Output Voltmeter.

a. The manufacturer may offer an optional true rms digital or analog voltmeter that is positioned on the front of the regulator cabinet in reasonable proximity to the output ammeter specified in paragraph 3.2.3.

b. The panel meter accuracy shall be ± 1.0 percent (at full scale with analog meter) of

the CCR maximum output voltage at the highest current step setting.

3.2.5 Operator Display.

a. A digital multi-functional display may be used by the manufacturer to display CCR parameters, controls, and equipment setting options. Any displayed value must clearly identify the name of the value (for example: volts, watts, amps, or current step).

b. The display must show the CCR output current by default. c. If an operator uses the display for purposes other than the CCR output current, the

display must revert to the output current if no keypad entries are made for more than one minute.

3.2.6 Terminal Block.

a. Pressure type terminal blocks with a suitable voltage and current rating must be installed in the control cabinet for connection to the external wiring associated with monitoring and remote control.

b. Terminal blocks must accommodate #12 to 20 AWG wire with insulation ratings up to

600 V. c. The following minimum terminal functions must be made available and labeled per

the following list:

Terminal function Label

(1) Power supply for remote control CCI (control power) (2) Return from remote on/off switch CC (3) Returns from remote intensity switch Bl-B2-B3-B4-B5 (3 or 5 terminals

required) or Bl-B2-B3 (4) Input for external control power XCP If required) (5) Neutral for external control power N (If required)

3.2.7 CCR Enclosure

a. The reactors and/or transformer components shall be housed in an enclosure of sheet steel or other suitable material per NEMA equipment enclosures Type 1 (equivalent to IEC IP20).

b. The enclosure shall be equipped with a removable cover that is securely held in

place. c. Feet or channels must be attached that provide no less than 5.0 cm (2.0 inches) of

space between the bottom of the enclosure and the floor. d. Four enclosed terminals (one pair labeled “input” and the other “output”) rated for the

proper voltage and current must be located on the top, side, or front of the enclosure. e. Lifting lugs that are properly rated for the CCR cabinet weight shall be installed on the

Page 118: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

6 of 10

enclosure. f. The overall size of a complete CCR assembly shall allow it to pass through an

opening 1.0 m (39.0 inches) wide by 2.0 m (78.0 inches) high. g. A ground terminal shall be provided on the outside of the CCR cabinet.

3.2.8 Control Cabinet

a. A control cabinet or a compartment that excludes falling dirt shall be provided for housing the relays, control terminal block, remote/local control switch, and other low voltage control components of the CCR.

b. The control cabinet or compartment shall be either permanently attached to or an

integral part of the CCR enclosure. c. All low voltage control components shall be easily accessible by opening the CCR

cabinet and/or control cabinet or compartment panels/doors. No high voltage components may be installed in the low voltage component area or on the CCR front panel door.

3.2.9 Capacitors

a. If PF correction capacitors are provided, the terminals shall be protected from accidental contact.

b. The service life expectancy of the capacitors shall not be less than 60,000 hours

under rated operating conditions. 3.2.10 Wiring Diagram

A legible wiring diagram shall be permanently mounted in an unobstructed viewing location in the CCR control cabinet.

3.2.11 Painting and Finishing

a. The inside and outside of the enclosure shall be painted with one prime coat and one finish coat of oil resistant and weatherproof paint.

b. Coatings with equivalent oil resistance and weatherproofing properties may be

substituted for paint. c. Damage to the coating on the CCR enclosure must be repaired after assembly and

production testing is complete.

3.2.12 Lightning/Surge Arresters.

a. Arresters of the proper rating to protect the CCR from lightning induced voltage and current surges must be installed at both the input and output terminals of the CCR.

b. The CCR input lightning arresters shall be rated for pulses per IEEE C62.41-1991,

paragraph 4.2.17b, Table 6, Category B2, Medium. c. The CCR output lightning arrestors shall be rated for Location Category C3 in IEEE

62.41-1991, per Table 4 (A 1.2/50 microsecond (µs) 8/20 µs combination wave at 20 kilovolts and 10 kilo amperes peak - the nominal ratio of peak open circuit voltage to peak short circuit current is 2 ohms).

d. The ground side of the arresters shall be connected to the cabinet grounding lug or

Page 119: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

7 of 10

other electrically equivalent ground location. If a bonding jumper wire is used, it must not be smaller than 14 AWG.

3.2.13 Transient Voltage and Current Protection Transient protection that does not degrade signal quality must also be provided for all signal, data, and control lines that enter the monitor and/or CCR per IEEE C62.41-1991, Table 3, Category A2.

3.2.14 Warning

A plate or decal shall be affixed to the front of the CCR control cabinet door warning the maintenance technician to remove input and control power before opening the cabinet or interrupting the output series circuit.

3.2.15 Components

All CCR components shall be suitable for their function and not operated in excess of the component manufacturer’s recommended rating.

3.2.16 Nameplate

a. A nameplate with the following information must be securely attached to the front of the CCR enclosure.

(1) Constant current regulator, single phase. (2) Input: ____Volts ____Hertz ____Amperes. (3) Control: ____Volts ____Hertz. (4) Output: ____kW at ____Amperes. (5) Output Current: ____Amperes ____Gallons of oil

(6) Identification: FAA-L-829 ____Serial No.

b. If the nameplate is attached to a removable enclosure surface (a cover), the serial

number must be duplicated in a permanent conspicuous location elsewhere on the CCR.

3.2.17 Instruction Book

An instruction book with at least the following information must be furnished with each CCR:

a. Schematic and wiring diagrams showing all components for user serviceable parts.

b. Parts list with applicable rating and characteristics of each part and with the

component manufacturer’s name and part number.

c. Installation instructions.

d. Maintenance instructions.

e. Troubleshooting charts.

f. Theory of operation. 3.3 MONITOR

The monitor shall detect the status of the CCR and the series lighting circuit.

a. Type L-829 CCRs shall use integral monitoring.

Page 120: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

8 of 10

b. The monitor shall be matched with the CCR so it will function when the CCR is

powering a load with a nominal value that is between 50 and 100 percent of its rated capacity. The load must be a constant current loop that energizes the primary of isolating transformers that are specified in AC 150/5345-47, Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems. The secondary winding of the transformers will power airport lighting fixtures.

c. At a minimum, the monitor shall operate on the top two steps of Style 1 (3 brightness

steps) and Style 2 (5 brightness steps) regulators. d. The monitor must detect the following fault conditions:

Table 3 CCR Fault Conditions

Fault Letter

Fault Condition

a Loss of ac input power to the CCR

b Shutdown of the regulator due to operation of protective circuits described in paragraph 3.3.10

c A 10 percent or greater drop in the volt-amperes (VA) delivered to the series circuit.

d Failure of the regulator to deliver the output current that corresponds to the brightness step selected (see Table 1).

e Failure of a preset number of lamps in the series circuit.

e. See Table 3. Faults a, b, and d shall be detected at all brightness levels. f. The monitor shall function when the regulator is in the remote or local control modes

(fault “d” must be detected in the remote mode, but need not be detected in the local mode).

g. The monitor shall operate in a fail-safe manner and not cause the regulator to be

inoperable or output incorrect currents. h. If it is required by the application, the output of the monitor shall energize the coil of a

single pole double throw (SPDT) relay when the regulator is operating properly.

(1) The relay contacts shall be rated for a 2 amp resistive load at 120 Volts ac, 60 Hz.

(2) The monitor outputs shall be connected to a terminal block to allow external

connections and operate with control lines similar to those described in paragraph 3.2.6, “Terminal Block”.

i. Upon the initial detection of a fault, the monitor shall delay 5.0 seconds (except for

fault “a” and “b” in Table 3) before the fault is displayed. If the fault still exists after 5 seconds, the monitor must indicate an alarm.

j. A visual indication shall be provided on the monitor to indicate which monitored

parameter caused the fault indication (except for fault “a”). k. A regulator “on” light shall be provided on the monitor. l. The load of each monitored airfield lighting system lamp and its associated isolation

transformer may vary between 10 and 200 watts within the following:

Page 121: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

9 of 10

(1) All fixture loads and transformers shall be the same.

(2) There cannot be devices on the series circuit which will cause the load to

vary greatly (signs with fluorescent ballasts/lamps, power adapters, signs with printed circuit board assemblies, etc.).

(3) Film disc cutouts shall not be used since they will cause a load different

than an open circuit series to series transformer.

m. The monitor shall be adjustable so the number of failed lamps required to cause a failure indication may be from 4 to 10 when the series loop is loaded with identical wattage lamps. For mixed wattage bulbs on the same series loop, a loss of 10% or more CCR load must be detected.

n. After the preset number of monitored lamps fail, it shall be possible to switch the

monitor into a degraded operation mode. o. When in the degraded operation mode, the monitor shall deactivate the fault

indication and reactivate it upon the failure of an additional preset number of lamps (1 to 5).

p. Additional monitor warnings or alarm levels may be optionally provided by the

manufacturer, but are not required. When a CCR is connected to a computerized airfield lighting control monitoring system (ALCMS), the optional monitoring points may be required for reporting Remote/Local Status and Primary Power (ac power loss to the CCR). See AC 150/5345-56, Specification for L-890 Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (ALCMS), for additional information.

3.4 EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4.1 Certification Procedures

Procedures for certifying equipment to be furnished under the Air Transportation Office based on the Advisory Circular 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, current edition.

3.4.2 Certification Testing

Testing must be performed on each unit submitted for certification to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this specification.

3.4.3 Dielectric Tests

Test the circuits of all CCR sizes to determine the equipment capability to withstand the following 60 Hz alternating current rms test voltages referenced to ground for one minute without failure:

3.5 INSTALLATION

Install the CCRs’ at the Powerhouse as indicated on the plans. Provide the necessary wirings from CCRs’ to control panels and airfield lighting system.

Page 122: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specification Constant Current Regulators & Regulators Monitors

10 of 10

3.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Refer to Section 16522N – Airfield Lighting. Measurement and Payment of Constant Current Regulators is included thereat.

******

Page 123: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Division 16 - Electrical BBiiccooll IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall AAiirrppoorrtt DDeevveellooppmmeenntt PPrroojjeecctt RReemmoottee CCoonnttrrooll aanndd MMoonniittoorriinngg SSeeccttiioonn VVII-- TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss SSyysstteemm ffoorr AAiirrffiieelldd LLiigghhttiinngg SSyysstteemm

1 of 4

SECTION 16524A - REMOTE CONTROL AND MONITORING SYSTEM FOR AIRFIELD LIGHTING SYSTEM

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

This work includes the supply and the installation of the Remote Control and Monitoring System for the airfield lighting system.

PART 2 – PRODUCT 2.1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 2.1.1 Remote operation of the airfield lighting system shall be carried out from the remote

control console at the VFR room at the control tower and from the local control and monitor panel at the powerhouse. Changeover switch of operating position between remote control console and local control and monitor panel shall be accomplished thru the relay panel (interface equipment) furnished at the local control and monitor panel.

2.1.2 The control functions shall include on-off switching, intensity control, directional switchover

of the airfield lighting system according to the landing direction. 2.1.3 In order to receive and/or transfer the control and monitoring signal between consoles and

facilities, relay panel (interface equipment) shall be installed in the powerhouse. 2.1.4 Control and monitoring system and airfield lighting (AFL) shall comply with the following:

a. ICAO Aerodrome Design Manual Part 4 - Visual Aids (Third Edition) Chapter 5, Light Intensity Settings.

b. ICAO Aerodrome Design Manual Part 5 - Electrical Systems (First Edition),

Chapter 3, 3.4 Control of aerodrome lighting systems and 3.7 Monitoring of aerodrome, lighting circuits.

c. ICAO Annex 14 Aerodromes (Third Edition), Attachment A, 14 Intensity Control of

Approach and Runway Lights.

d. ICAO Airport Services Manual Part 9 - Airport Maintenance Practices. 2.1.5 THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO REFER TO THE FOLLOWING:

a. L-265 Airport Lighting Power Control System (July 1989) for CCR

b. L-266 Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (Jan. 1983)

c. L-270 Airport Lighting Control and Monitoring System (May 1989)

2.1.6 The contractor shall submit to the engineer for approval equipment layout plan and cable

pit layout after review of the dimension size, weight and necessary cabling plan including control/communication cabling plan together with heat generation data of equipment.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

The panels specified herein are intended for use in controlling various lighting and auxiliary systems.

Page 124: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Division 16 - Electrical BBiiccooll IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall AAiirrppoorrtt DDeevveellooppmmeenntt PPrroojjeecctt RReemmoottee CCoonnttrrooll aanndd MMoonniittoorriinngg SSeeccttiioonn VVII-- TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss SSyysstteemm ffoorr AAiirrffiieelldd LLiigghhttiinngg SSyysstteemm

2 of 4

3.2 PANEL CONFIGURATIONS

The control panel layout shall clearly identify the “ON” and “OFF” position of each switch or pushbutton, the system each switch or pushbutton controls; and where appropriate, the intensity of the lighting system. Panel layouts shall be configured to accommodate unique user requirements. Panel lighting, including panel backlighting and illuminated switches shall be illuminated such that they shall be visible when direct sunlight falls on the panel.

3.3 PANEL COMPONENTS 3.3.1 Panel Plate

Panel plates shall either be flushed or surface mounted and shall be made of 2.5 mm (0.094 inch) steel or other material that will provide like stiffness. The plate shall be attached to the case by a continuous hinge along its top edge. Latch must be mounted inside the case to provide support when the panel is open and at a vertical position. No part of the plate or its attachments should project behind the plane of the back of the case during opening or closing.

3.3.2 Case or Box

Panels shall have a suitable case made of not less than 2 mm (0.078 inch) nominal, sheet steel or aluminum of equal rigidity. A grounding lug capable of handling # 12 AWG or larger conductor, must be supplied in each case or box.

3.3.3 Switches

Switches are used to turn “ON” and “OFF” airport lighting regulators, beacons, obstruction lights, lighted wind indicators, apron lights, emergency power generators, and various lighting systems. Additionally, switches shall be used to control the intensity of intensity-controlled lighting systems. The switches shall be wired, programmed, or ganged for simultaneous operation of several lighting system circuits. Switches shall have a contact rating of 125% of the load current and shall be rated to meet the circuit voltage requirements. The life expectancy of the switches, at rated load, shall be at least 25,000 operations. Switches shall have screw, solder, or push-on type terminals.

3.3.3.1 Toggle Switches

Toggle switches shall have either two or three positions and, shall be detented to provide positive-feel switching. Switches shall be mounted to operate left to right and wired such that when the switch is in the far left position the lighting system is either “OFF” or “ON” with the intensity set to the lowest available intensity. Switches shall be mounted on the panel plate with a hexagonal nut above and below the panel plate using an internal-tooth lock-washer and a locking ring or keyed punched panel to assure permanent mounting.

3.3.3.2 Rotary Switches

Rotary switches, used for the control of lighting systems, shall have three to six distinct positions with the appropriate number of poles to control the lighting system intensity. If required by the user, the rotary switch must provide a pole to turn the systems “OFF.” The switches shall have a minimum angular throw of 30 degrees between detents and be equipped with a stop to prevent rotation past the last position. The switches shall rotate between detents in either direction without stopping.

3.3.3.3 Push Button Switches

Momentary or alternate action push button switches shall be used to control any or all functions of airport lighting and auxiliary systems. The use of push button switches for

Page 125: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Division 16 - Electrical BBiiccooll IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall AAiirrppoorrtt DDeevveellooppmmeenntt PPrroojjeecctt RReemmoottee CCoonnttrrooll aanndd MMoonniittoorriinngg SSeeccttiioonn VVII-- TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss SSyysstteemm ffoorr AAiirrffiieelldd LLiigghhttiinngg SSyysstteemm

3 of 4

intensity control shall require auxiliary relays or non-radio interference solid state circuitry. Switches shall be wired so that when initially energized, the intensity setting of intensity controlled lighting system is the lowest available intensity. When intensity controlled lighting system is de-energizing, the intensity setting must automatically return to the lowest intensity available.

3.3.4 Backlighting

Backlighting of panels, switches, or switch designations shall be made with light sources with a life expectancy of at least 10,000 hours. A control to reduce the brightness of the panel backlighting up to 90 percent must be provided. This brightness control must not cause radio interference. A control shall be provided on each panel to test the panel lamps and illuminated switches.

3.3.5 Wire and Wiring

The wire shall have stranded copper conductors with adequate current capacity and a minimum rated insulation of 90° C. The wire size and insulation voltage rating shall be suitable for the design voltage and load. For identification purposes, all wires must be either color coded or identified with wire markers. Wire markers must be fixed such that they can not be accidentally removed and that they remain legible under normal conditions. All leads must be properly strained and long enough to allow the plate to be raised to the extent permitted by the latch. All panels must be wired with terminal connections in accordance with the applicable combination of components.

3.3.6 Terminal Blocks

Terminal blocks shall be pressure type terminal blocks and have a minimum rating equal to or greater than the rating of the wire. Each individual terminal shall be identified with permanent marks in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the unit.

3.3.7 Marking

Switch designations shall be marked in characters not less than 0.5 cm (3/16 inch) and not over 0.8 cm (5/16 inch) high, formed by engraving, etching, or stamping. Unlighted characters must be permanently marked. Markings shall be a contrasting color from the marked surface, i.e. white surface with black marking, or black surface with white marking. Markings must be placed either on the panel or on a small separate plate securely fastened to the panel. When push button switches are used, the marking shall be on the switch itself but must be visible when the push button is in the “ON” or “OFF” position.

3.3.8 Painting

The color and gloss of the case and panel plate must conform to Federal Standard 595, Brown No. 30372. Apply a hard, paint finish having a smooth texture, i.e. powder coating, baked epoxy, etc. The finished surface of the panel shall be suitable for indoor use and provide protection against circulating dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive liquids. An acceptable finish surface must be free of runs, sags, etc.

3.3.9 Wiring Diagram

The manufacturer shall supply three copies of a wiring diagram with each panel. The wiring diagram must show the color code or number identification of each wire and the proper connections.

Page 126: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Division 16 - Electrical BBiiccooll IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall AAiirrppoorrtt DDeevveellooppmmeenntt PPrroojjeecctt RReemmoottee CCoonnttrrooll aanndd MMoonniittoorriinngg SSeeccttiioonn VVII-- TTeecchhnniiccaall SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss SSyysstteemm ffoorr AAiirrffiieelldd LLiigghhttiinngg SSyysstteemm

4 of 4

3.3.10 Parts List and Installation Instructions

A component parts list and installation instructions shall be furnished with each control panel along with sufficient drawings or illustrations to indicate clearly the method of installation.

3.4 INSTALLATION 3.4.1 Install the remote control console, local control and monitor panel and the relay panel as

shown on the plans. Provide wirings between equipment as required. 3.5 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Remote control console, local control panel, monitor panel and relay panel will be measured by the number of assembly installed and accepted.

Switches will be measured by the number of set installed and completed.

Control wiring and testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

3.6 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 127: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

1 of 13

SECTION 16530 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements," applies to this section, with the additions and modification specified herein. Materials not considered lighting equipment or lighting fixture accessories are specified in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work" and Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems".

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Data, shop drawings, and reports shall employ the terminology, classifications, and methods prescribed by the IES Lighting Handbook, as applicable, for the lighting system specified.

1.2.1 Manufacturer's Data

When data that describe more than one type, size, model, or item is submitted, clearly mark the data to indicate which type, size, model, or item is being provided. Data shall be sufficient to show conformance to specified requirements.

a. Luminaires;

b. Poles and brackets;

c. Steel mast;

d. Floodlights;

e. Street lighting fixtures

f. Lamps;

1.2.2 Shop Drawings:

a. Luminaires: Include dimensions, accessories, and installation and construction details. Photometric data, including Zonal lumen data, average and minimum ratio, aiming diagram and candlepower distribution data shall accompany shop drawings.

b. Poles/Masts: Include dimensions, wind load determined pole deflection, pole class, and

other applicable information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS

2.1.1 LAMPS

2.1.1.1 Light Emitting Diode (LED)

Each luminaire shall:

a. Consist of a single assembly utilizing LEDs as its sole light source.

b. Be rated for a minimum life of Fifty Thousand (50,000) hours @ B10 L70 maintenance profile at an ambient of 40°C.

c. Be a single, self-contained device with integral power supply unit.

Page 128: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

2 of 13

d. Be dimmable from 10% to 100% under program control and packaged together with a software system that will allow monitoring, control, management and evaluation.

e. On, Off and Dimming functions shall be accomplished using Wireless Control Program.

f. Be delivered completely assembled requiring no on-site assembly.

g. Have thermal management that is passive and integral to the unit; use of cooling fans, cooling pumps or liquid cooling is not permitted.

h. Have a minimum ingress protection rating of IP-65 for the LED and optical assembly and a minimum protection rating of IP-54 for the electrical assembly or electrical compartment unless the individual internal electronic components are sealed to at least IP-54 as per ANSI C136.37-2011 LED luminaires. Full details of the IP system rating can be referred to in IEC 60529.

i. Be free from lead and mercury and others substances of very high concern for RoHS compliance.

j. Have trademarks that are clearly and easily identifiable externally. The trademark shall be embossed onto the luminaire housing permanently. Painting, sticker, or the use of metal plate with rivets/screws onto the luminaire for trademark or branding purpose is also acceptable.

k. Be capable of being mounted with provisions for horizontal and vertical adjustments to maintain the luminaire at horizontal position for variation of the boom angle from 0 to 15°.

2.2 LUMINAIRE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Each luminaire shall:

a. Be able to operate at a voltage range 90 VAC to 305 VAC (100VAC-277VAC driver nameplate rating)

b. Be designed to cope up with the voltage fluctuations of ± 25% from nominal input voltage that will have no visible or measurable effect on luminous output and should not cause flickering nor shall this cause the luminaire to reset/restart.

c. Operate the LED at maximum amperage not to exceed 525mA and under a constant current drive mode.

d. Have a power supply/LED Drive with a Power Factor of .95 or better and exhibit a full load efficiency of 90% or better under full load and nominal input voltage condition.

e. Have maximum power consumption for complete unit not exceeding 132W for the

250W equivalent and 210W for the 400W equivalent.

f. Have integral surge suppression protection to withstand line voltage spikes, lightning

strikes or other interference of similar nature.

g. Be designed to enable field wiring to connect via a barrier type terminal block with

clearly identifiable terminals, and shall be able to accept conductors up to #3.5mm2.

Page 129: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

3 of 13

h. Be completely modular with each component including LED arrays, power supply,

circuit board, lens and terminal block being independently replaceable.

i. Be designed so that failure of any single LED shall not result in the loss of function of

remaining LEDs. Failure of any LED array shall not result in loss of function of the

remaining LED arrays.

j. Be capable of being turned on, turned off and dimmable under program control and

using wireless protocol.

2.3 LUMINAIRE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

a. The housing shall be robustly constructed, weatherproof, insect-proof, corrosion proof and ultraviolet light resistant. Luminaires shall be suitable for operation at an ambient temperature, Ta, of 40°C.

b. Access to the interior of the luminaire shall be from the top. Bottom access is not acceptable. Material used for the construction of the luminaire shall be die-cast aluminum alloy. Glass/Fiber glass reinforced polyester (GRP/FRP) material is not acceptable.

c. Hinges and clips of the top housing cover, if used, shall be robust and made of stainless steel and simple to operate and shall not be liable to accidental detachment during its installation or maintenance.

d. The luminaire canopy giving access to the interior of the luminaire shall in the closed position; be firmly attached to the fixed position of the luminaire. In the open position, it shall be attached in such a way that there is no likelihood of it becoming accidentally detached and thereby damaging any part of the luminaire or the bracket of the poles.

e. Attachment of the luminaire to its bracket arm shall be by means of clamps or jam bolts and designed to accommodate required spigot sizes. A minimum of TWO (2) locking bolts /jam screws shall be provided. An effective protection system shall be provided to prevent the luminaire from falling and causing injuries to road user against impact when a vehicle and/or road user hits the pole.

f. All parts, which carry the weight of the luminaire and internal accessories, shall be provided with suitable locking devices to prevent the dislodgement of any part of the luminaire by vibration either in service or during maintenance.

g. Each luminaire shall be supplied complete with all the necessary LED Driver and Controller wired and ready for installation. The LED luminaire wiring shall be of a size and insulated with materials that will more than effectively withstand the current, voltage and temperature expected within the luminaire during both the starting and operating modes in the ambient temperature of the site.

h. The frame or housing shall be secured firmly to the luminaire body by means of stainless steel bolts/screws, clips, and hinge pins.

i. The luminaire should have a variable mounting angle system of 0° to 15° that will

allow the unit to be properly positioned.

Page 130: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

4 of 13

2.4 LED DRIVER AND LED MODULE REQUIREMENTS

2.4.1 LED DRIVER

LED Driver

a. The luminaire shall be furnished complete with a UL listed/compliant/approved LED Driver.

b. The LED Driver shall be mounted on a suitable module unit and shall be easily

removable and replaceable as a unit without the use of any special tools. c Electrical connection and disconnection of the LED Driver unit from the luminaire shall

be through a plug and socket type connection/terminal block such that incoming supply cables need not be removed when removing the LED Driver.

d. The LED Driver shall be solidly filled with polyester compound and enclosed in a sheet

steel or die cast aluminum container or vacuum impregnated with polyester resin of not less than thermal class ‘H’ (180 °C in accordance with IEC 60085).

e. The LED Driver shall be fully compliant with UL 8750 and CE (EN61347, EN 61347-2-

13) Performance Requirements. f. The rated input voltage of the LED Driver shall be from 90-305VAC (100VAC-

277VAC driver nameplate rating) and suitable for operation from 47 to 63 Hz. Line regulation should be 3% or better and load regulation should be 1% better. All terminals shall be screw connector type or terminal lug type.

g. Acceptable LED driver efficiency shall be 90% or better under full load and nominal

input voltage condition. h. The LED Driver Power Factor at full load and nominal input voltage condition should

be 0.95 or better. i. The LED Driver shall have an integral/built-in Over Current, Output Short Circuit with

Auto Recovery, Thermal Overload and Surge Protection. j. The Led Driver shall be packaged with an IP67 for suitability for damp and wet

location.

LED Chip

Each LED chip supplied shall belong to a class designated as Power LED type and shall have a color temperature of approximately 5700°K nominal and within the specified range of 5310-6020°K. The minimum lumen output specifications of the LED module shall be as follows:

Total System Power

Consumption (Watts)

Color Correlated

Temperature (CCT)

CRI TYP

Lumen Output (Lm)

125

5700°K

≥70

14039

205

5700°K

≥70

23053

Page 131: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

5 of 13

Each LED chip product that shall be used must have undergone an LM-80 evaluation and must be a UL listed/compliant/ approved component. Each LED chip must have a minimum 120 lumen per watt output at an ambient temperature of 25

OC as tested at the specified current of 350mA for a higher efficacy

solution and shall have a B10 L70 lumen maintenance profile under the expected operating conditions. Each LED chip should exhibit an ESD sensitivity <8 KV (CLASS 3A) Human Body Model (HBM) or better and shall have a built in transient suppression as standard feature. Each LED chip must be certified to be RoHS and REACH compliant. Each LED chip must exhibit a fail short operational failure mode. Unless provided with an automatic bypass circuit/component, LED chips with indeterminate failure mode or LED chips that fail open are deemed unacceptable.

Dimming Facilities. Dimming of the street lighting shall be achieved via a built-in

dimmer system that is fully programmable and integral part of the LED luminaires to allow precise control of switching time and appropriate lighting level down to 10% of its nominal output level. No flicker shall be observed within the entire dimming range. Dimming process shall be implemented using wireless control.

Surge and Spike Protection. The electronic device shall be so constructed that it will

not be damaged by voltage spikes and reasonable surges in the AC power line. A surge suppressor capable of handling lightning strikes should be an integral part of the system. Additional surge/transient suppression in conjunction with 6.4.2 must be implemented either internally or externally at the input and at the output end of the LED driver.

Optical System. The optical lens system to be used should comply with the

requirements for type distribution as per specification. The optical efficiency shall be equal or greater than 93%.The optical lens shall be a combination of extremely wide Side-Emitting design, with wide horizontal and vertical angle and wide Batwing design with very uniform light distribution. The material shall be an optical grade PMMA with high UV and temperature resistance (105

oC/220

oF) which allows its use for high

current and temperature condition. Material used must be UL listed/approved and RoHS fastened to MCPCB/heatsink or with PU foam adhesive tape qualified for automotive grade application and/or an optical lens system that will assure reliability and integrity of placement and mounting. If a protective cover is used for the LED within the optical assembly, it shall be constructed from tempered glass with a minimum thickness of 4mm for durability and to prevent optical degradation and discoloration due to ageing.

Heat Sink. The LED Modules are mounted on an extruded aluminum heat sink and

with a specified grade of 6063 or better in terms of thermal conductivity, finned and ribbed to provide a highly efficient assembly for heat dissipation. The heatsink shall be of sufficient thickness to assure structural rigidity and preclude the possibility of twisting, bending, canting or other similar deformation that will be detrimental to the LED assembly mounted onto it. The heat sink shall be anodized or shall have an industry accepted coating as protection from corrosion.

Page 132: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

6 of 13

Conformity with Standards

The luminaire and its associated electrical components shall comply with and be tested following IEC Standards together with all current amendments.

The manufacturer / bidder firm shall submit the following documents/ technical details for technical evaluation:

1 Technical Catalogue of the Product

2 Lumen Depreciation Curve of LEDs used (supplied by LED manufacturer) 3 Detailed design / calculation of lighting scheme with the following parameters:

3.1 Lux Level 3.2 Uniformity 3.3 Pole height 3.4 Pole spacing 3.5 Tilt 3.5 Conforming to road category.

4 The detailed calculation for lux levels with uniform distribution including the lux

distribution curve / graph / spatial distribution shall be submitted in support of

the dimensions selected and variation thereof.

5 Supporting documents where applicable showing:

5.1 UL Listing/Compliance/Approval 5.2 RoHS Compliance 5.3 REACH Compliance 5.4 LM-80 Report for the LED component 5.5 Technical Datasheets 5.6 MSDS

2.1.1 Street Lighting Luminaire

Provide complete luminaire designated for roadway lighting as shown on plans. The luminaire shall contain completely pre-wired, integral ballast and an optical assembly that shall provide an IES illumination distribution Type III semi-cutoff.

2.1.1.1 Lamp

Provide the type and wattage indicated.

2.1.1.2 Construction

IP55. Luminaire shall include a precision die-cast aluminum upper and housing with an electro-coat gray finish. Lower housing shall be hinged and separable and shall hold the refractor in place.

2.1.1.3 Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Luminaires:

UL listed or approved equal and shall be constant wattage auto-transfer (CWA) or regulator, high power factor type. Ballasts shall be designed to operate on the voltage system to which they are connected. Provide single lamp ballasts with a minimum starting temperature of minus 30 ºC. Ballasts shall be constructed so that open circuit operation will not reduce their average life.

Page 133: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

7 of 13

2.1.1.4 Optical Assembly

Shall include a formed aluminum reflector on both the inside and outside surfaces; and impact resistant glass prismatic reflector and refractor with gasketing between reflector and refractor. Provide activated carbon filter for the assembly.

2.1.2 Floodlighting Luminaire (Apron Lighting and Miniature Mayon Volcano at Approach Ramp)

Provide a complete general purpose weather resistant floodlighting as shown on the plans. The floodlight shall contain a completely pre-wired integral ballast and optical assembly with a 7 x 6 NEMA type beam spread.

2.1.2.1 Lamp

Provide the type and wattage indicated.

2.1.2.2 Construction

Standard construction shall be IP65. The luminaire shall be supplied as components, ballast and optical. Ballast assembly shall include a die-cast aluminum housing with an electrocoat gray paint finish applied inside and outside. Optical assembly shall include a removable front access door with captive screws, ballast, filtered optical assembly, knuckle wall mount with integral wiring box and vertical aiming degree markings. All external hardware shall be of corrosion resistant materials.

2.1.2.3 Ballast

Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Luminaires: UL listed or approved equal and shall be constant wattage auto-transfer (CWA) or regulator, high power factor type. Ballasts shall be designed to operate on the voltage system to which they are connected. Provide single lamp ballasts with a minimum starting temperature of minus 30 ºC. Ballasts shall be constructed so that open circuit operation will not reduce their average life.

2.1.2.4 Optical Assembly

The optical assembly shall be sealed with a gasket around the perimeter of the front access door, contain an activated charcoal filter and include an aluminum reflector and heat/impact resistant flat door glass. The reflector shall have an Alzak finish on all surfaces. The optical assembly shall contain an E39 mogul base socket with superior lamp gripping. The socket shall have added insulation to handle the higher pulse rating s of newer HID systems.

2.2 LIGHTING CONTACTOR

Electrically operated, electrically held contactor rated 240 volts, 30 amperes, 2 poles. Contactor shall have silver alloy double-break contacts and coil clearing contacts and shall require no arcing contacts. Provide contactor with hand-off-automatic selector switch.

2.3 Photocell Switch

Photocell Switch shall be UL 773 or UL 773A hermitically sealed cadmium sulphide cell rated

230 volts AC hertz with single throw contacts, rated 1800 VA, 230 volts. Mount switch in a high-impact resistant, non-corroding and non-conductive molded plastic housing with an EEI-NEMA locking-type receptacle. The switch shall turn on below 10.76 lux and off at 32.28 lux. A time delay shall prevent accidental switching from transient light courses. Directional lens shall be mounted in front of the cell to prevent fixed light sources from creating a turn-off condition. Switch shall be aimed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 134: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

8 of 13

2.3.1 Service Conditions

Physical Conditions

The photocontrol shall provide reliable switching of high pressure mercury vapor and high

pressure sodium vapor lamps under the following environmental conditions:

Ambient Temperature Range - 10° C to 50° C

Moisture Level - 90% Relative Humidity @ 40° C

Specific Corrosive Contaminants at site -salt water, excessive dust, fumes and/or soot

Operating Conditions

The photocontrol shall turn on at a nominal light level setting of 10.76 lux (1.0 footcandle)

which is within the limits of 5.38 to 21.52 lux (0.50 to 2.0 footcandles) at rated voltage of 240 V

AC, 60 Hz. It shall be adaptable for calibration up to 107.64 lux (10 footcandles).

The ratio of the turn-off to the turn-on light level shall not exceed 5.

The photocontrol shall be designed with a fail-on failure mode.

3.2 Electrical Features

Rated Voltage

The photocontrol shall be rated at 240 volts AC, 60 Hz.

Rated Load

The photocontrol shall have a minimum load rating of both 1000 watts incandescent lamp load

and 1800 volt amperes load. The volt ampere load consists of lamp wattage, ballast losses,

and reactive volt amperes, and maybe at a power factor as low as 0.50.

Dielectric Withstand

The electrical insulation of the photocontrol shall withstand for one minute a 6Hz Dielectric

Withstand Test of 2.5 kV rms minimum (dry) between current-carrying components and any

metallic portion of the enclosure or receptacle with its mounting.

Surge Protection

The photocontrol shall be provided with an MOV arrester capable of at least 160 joules energy

dissipation and a clamping voltage of not greater than 1000 volts.

Power Consumption

The power consumption of the photocontrol shall not exceed 3 VA at either daytime or

nighttime operation.

3.3 Construction Features

Page 135: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

9 of 13

General Conditions

The photocontrol shall be mechanically robust to withstand reasonable abuses of handling and

shall be designed and constructed to minimize the effects of moisture in the atmosphere.

The photocontrol shall be designed as follows:

a) The photocontrol skirt shall have a minimum diameter of 76.4 mm (3 inches).

b) Any condensation falling on it will be led away from the terminals.

c) There are no cavities on the exterior where moisture can collect.

The three-terminal locking type plug of the photocontrol shall be in accordance with

ANSI C136.10. These shall fit correctly and snugly into its corresponding ANSI

C136.10 twist-lock type receptacle.

Housing and Sealing

The housing shall be made of high impact strength and flame retardant material preferably fastened to its base by screws.

The housing shall be sealed tight, preventing penetration of moisture, dust, and other contaminants inside the photocontrol.

The housing shall be provided with means of marking the date of installation and removal of the photocontrol.

The light source window for the photocell shall be of a clear U.V. stabilized acrylic material designed for maximum protection against weather and life shortening effects of direct sun rays.

A comprehensive gasket or sealing means shall be provided as part of the photocontrol to form a weatherproof seal on the “required seat” of the receptacle.

All noncurrent-carrying metal arts shall be protected from corrosion.

Photocell

The cadmium sulfide photocell shall be hermetically sealed. It shall be encased in an enclosure with an internal cavity which absolutely prohibits the passage of moisture, air, gas and contaminants through its envelope.

Hermeticity of the photocell sealing shall be determined by using Method C of ASTM F98-72 (Standard Recommended Practices for Determining Hermeticity of Electron Devices by a Bubble Test) or equivalent standard of testing hermeticity of electron devices.

The following types of photocell are not recognized equivalent to the required hermetically sealed photocell:

a) Chemically sealed

b) Surface passivated

c) Laminated, coated or dipped with polyurethane, epoxy resin or any other types of

plastics

Page 136: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

10 of 13

Switching Device

The photocontrol shall be equipped with an electromagnetic relay as means of switching the load.

The relay contacts shall be of sufficient current capacity and shall make and break its load by a snap action.

The relay contacts shall have a low contact resistance to prevent heating.

Current- carrying Components

All current-carrying metal parts shall be of good conductor quality and shall be corrosion

resistant.

Terminals

The three-terminal locking type plug of photocontrol shall be rigidly connected to the base without possibility of being displaced from the base.

Terminals necessary for installation shall be readily accessible and clearly identified.

3.4 Tests and Inspection Conditions

Sampling

a) Test and visual inspection shall be conducted by the purchaser on delivery samples

picked at random from a lot. Sample size shall depend upon the quantity delivered.

b) For new model/brand submitted by the supplier/manufacturer for acceptance or

accreditation, at least six (6) samples shall be required.

Test Environment

Ambient condition during response testing shall be at a temperature of 25 ⁰C ± 5⁰C and

relative humidity at 70% ± 10%.

Sequence of Test

Test shall be performed in the order presented below:

a) Drop Test

b) Operating Characteristic Test

c) Impulse Withstand Test

d) Dielectric Withstand Test

e) Operating Characteristic Test (After impulse withstand test)

“Aging test” shall be added to the above test sequence for accepting or accrediting new

model/brand.

Page 137: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

11 of 13

Rejection

In case of sample failure in any of the test sequence, no further test shall be conducted.

Inspection

The purchaser reserves the right to inspect all phases in the manufacture of these

photocontrols and to witness the tests to be done to ensure that the manufacturer/supplier

complies with the specification. Any item found not to be in accordance with the specification

will be rejected and replaced with an acceptable item at no extra cost to the purchaser.

Inspection by the purchaser does not relieve the manufacturer/supplier from complying with

the specifications or release him from warranty.

Drop Test

The photocontrol must be capable of withstanding a one (1) meter drop to a concrete floor

without damage to the housing or changing its operating characteristics.

Operating Characteristic Test

The photocontrol shall meet the light level requirements stated in 2.3.1 for supply voltages of

210 V, 240 V and 260 V operated in 5 minutes.

Impulse Withstand Test (Surge Test)

The open-circuit surge voltage shall have a 6000-volt peak magnitude, and a 1.2-microsecond

x 50-microsecond waveshape. The short-circuit surge current shall have a 3000-ampere

peak amplitude and a 8-microsecond x 20-microsecond waveshape. The maximum available

follow current shall be 1000 amperes rms.

The photocontrol shall be inserted into the test receptacle and shall be place in darkness.

Three (3) surges shall be applied between the line and neutral terminal of the photocontrol.

These three (3) surges shall be repeated with the photocontrol illuminated to a minimum of

322.9 lux (30 footcandles). The minimum time between surges shall be 15 minutes.

60 Hz Dielectric Withstand Test

A voltage of 2.5 kV shall be applied for 1 minute (dry) between all current-carrying metal parts

and any metallic portion of the control-device enclosure or receptacle with its mounting. The

electrical insulation shall not be damaged.

Power Consumption Test

The power consumption of the photocontrol shall be based on the wattmeter readings at rated

240 V AC for full daylight and full darkness operation. Average yearly consumption shall be

computed from the wattmeter readings based on a twelve (12) hours “ON” and twelve (12)

hours “OFF” operation.

Aging Test

A new set of three (3) or more photocontrol samples shall be installed outdoor and energized

for a period of six (6) months. The photocontrol should not fail to turn-on and turn-off during

the six (6) month period. The photocontrol should not show any sign of corrosion on any

metallic portion and the cover’s discoloration should be minimal.

Page 138: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

12 of 13

2.4 POLES

Provide steel poles for street lighting designed for wind loading of 240 kilometers per hour. Poles shall be pedestal-base type designed for use with underground supply conductors. Masts for airfield apron floodlighting shall be designed for wind loading of 240 kilometers per hour (gusting).

2.4.1 Steel Poles

Provide steel poles having minimum 4.5 mm thick steel with minimum yield/strength of 3,380 kg/cm² and hot-dipped galvanized per ASTM A123 factory finish. Provide a pole grounding connection designed to prevent electrolysis when used with copper ground wire.

2.4.2 High Mast (For Apron Lighting)

Provide steel pole 15 meters high that will consist of two (2) sections. Each section shall be 10 meters. The material used for the steel pole shall be equivalent or better to ASTM A572 Gr.50. Maximum allowable deflection of the whole length shall not exceed 2.2 degrees. All welds shall conform to AWS 1.1. All steel shall be fully hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM 123. High mast manufacturer shall provide structural design and calculations. These shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. Provide a pole grounding connection designed to prevent electrolysis when used with copper ground wire.

2.5 ANCHOR BASE ASSEMBLIES

Anchor bolts shall be steel rod having a minimum yield strength of 3,520 kg/cm²; the top 305 mm of the rod shall be galvanized per ASTM A 153. Anchor bases for steel poles shall be structural quality hot-rolled carbon steel plate, having minimum yield strength of 2,530 kg/cm². Anchor base assemblies for high masts shall be as per manufacturer’s recommendation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION PEC 92 and to the requirements specified herein. 3.1.1 Steel Poles

Provide anchor bases with galvanized steel anchor bolts, threaded at the top end and bent 90 degrees at the bottom end. Provide galvanized nuts, washers, and ornamental covers for anchor bolts. Concrete for anchor bases, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit ells, and ground rods shall be as specified in Section 16301 "Underground Electrical Work." Thoroughly compact backfill with compacting arranged to prevent any pressure between conductor, jacket, or sheath and the end of conduit ell. Adjust poles as necessary to provide a permanent vertical position with the bracket arm in proper position for luminaire location. After installation, paint the exposed surfaces of steel poles with two finish coats of exterior oil aluminum paint.

3.2 GROUNDING

Ground non-current carrying parts of equipment including metal poles as specified in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work". Where the copper grounding conductor is connected to a metal other than copper, provide exothermic connection suitable for this purpose.

3.3 FIELD TESTS

The Contractor shall provide electric power required for field tests.

Page 139: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Exterior Lighting

13 of 13

3.3.1 Operating Test

Upon completion of installation, conduct an operating test to show that the equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of this specification section.

3.3.2 Insulation Resistance Test

Perform as specified in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work", both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment.

3.3.3 Ground Resistance Tests

Perform as specified in Section 16301, "Underground Electrical Work".

3.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Street lighting fixture of the type specified, steel pole, bracket arm, lighting contactor panel and photoelectric switch will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted. Floodlight, steel mast, mast anchor assembly and foundation, steel pole concrete pedestal will be measured by the number of assembly installed and accepted. Testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

3.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 140: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

1 of 6

SECTION 16711 - STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The Contractor shall furnish and install the complete structure cabling system as detailed on the drawings and described in this specification.

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only:

a. American National Standard Institute (ANSI);

b. Electronics Industry Association/Telecommunications Industry Association

(EIA/TIA) c. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA);

d. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE);

e. International Standards Organizations (ISO/IEC 11801);

f. Rural Electrification Administration (REA);

g. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) U;

h. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL);

i. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA);

(1) Philippine Electrical Code (PEC); and

(2) National Electrical Code (NEC).

1.3 RELATED SECTION

a. Section 16402: Interior Wiring System 1.4 SUBMITTALS

a. The Contractor shall submit the following for approval. (1) Technical data of system components; (2) Work station outlet, cable and related accessories; and (3) System layout.

b. The Contractor shall provide three (3) sets of the following, upon turn-over: (1) Operation Manual; (2) Test Reports; and (3) As-Built Plans.

Page 141: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

2 of 6

1.5 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE

The Contractor shall provide system performance guarantee and product warranty for fifteen-year from the date of final acceptance.

1.6 SYSTEM OPERATION

a. The system shall support voice USOC, AT&T, Northern Telecom, NEC, IC6, ISDN, MITEC, and to support current application such as TP-PMD, 100Base-T, ATM 622Mbps, and 1000Base-T.

PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 GENERAL

Specifications are intended to describe the requirements of Structured Cabling System. 2.2 HORIZONTAL SYSTEM 2.2.1 Horizontal cable

Horizontal cable shall be 100Ω, 4 pairs, Category 6A, shielded Twisted Pair (F/UTP), 0.57mm (AWG 23), solid bare copper wire, polyethylene insulated, round PVC jacketed, and CMR flame rated, and have an aluminum foil tape surrounding the cable pairs with a drain wire with a usable bandwidth up to 500MHz. Cable shall have the following transmission characteristics:

Frequency

(MHz) Insertion

Loss (dB/100 m)

NEXT Loss

(dB/100 m)

PS NEXT Loss

(dB/100 m)

ACR-F (dB/100 m)

PS ACR-F (dB/100 m)

Return Loss

(ns/100 m)

Propagation Delay

(ns/100 m)

Delay Skew

1.0 1.8 86.0 82.3 91.0 85.0 33.0 545.0 30.0

4.0 3.4 77.0 73.3 79.0 73.0 35.5 527.0 30.0

10.0 5.4 71.0 67.3 71.0 65.0 38.0 520.0 30.0

16.0 6.9 68.0 64.2 67.0 61.0 35.2 518.0 30.0

20.0 7.7 67.0 62.8 65.0 59.0 35.0 517.0 30.0

31.25 9.9 64.0 59.9 61.0 55.0 33.1 515.0 30.0

62.5 14.3 59.0 55.4 55.0 49.0 32.2 514.0 30.0

100.0 18.1 56.0 52.0 51.0 45.0 31.6 513.0 30.0

160.0 23.2 53.0 49.2 47.0 41.0 30.1 512.0 30.0

200.0 27.3 52.0 47.8 45.0 39.0 29.8 512.0 30.0

250.0 31.1 50.0 46.0 43.0 37.0 28.7 511.0 30.0

300.0 35.0 49.0 45.0 38.0 35.0 28.0 511.0 30.0

400.0 40.0 47.0 43.0 36.0 33.0 27.1 511.0 30.0

500.0 42.0 47.0 42.0 34.0 32.0 26.0 510.0 30.0

550.0 43.0 46.0 42.0 33.0 31.0 26.0 510.0 30.0

625.0 44.9 46.0 41.0 33.0 29.0 25.0 505.0 25.0

750.0 49.0 45.0 41.0 32.0 27.0 25.0 504.0 25.0

2.2.2 Work Station Outlet

Workstation outlet shall be Category 6A, shielded outlet, T568A/T568B, wiring support, UL certified RJ45, with transmission performance up to 500MHz.

Constructed from high impact, flame retardant thermoplastic with color- coded snap-in identification. Allow a minimum of 5 terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limits.

Page 142: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

3 of 6

2.3 MAIN & INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME (MDF & IDF)

The distribution frame shall link the horizontal system & backbone system together. Shall be composed of floor-mounted rack, patch panels, terminal block, cross connection wires, patch cord, and cable management system.

2.3.1 Cable Management Rack

Cable management rack shall be standard EIA 19” X 7 ft floor mounted rack. Rack shall include vertical cable managers mounted on the channels with removable covers that can handle large quantities of cables and patch cords.

2.3.2 Copper Patch Panel

Patch panel shall have Category 6A electrical performance. Path panel shall be made of black anodized aluminum or steel 24/48 ports in one rack mount space configuration (1RMS = 44.5mm [1.75in]), T568A/T568B universally wiring support configuration, with transmission performance up to 500MHz integrated grounding support.

Patch panels shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

2.3.3 Telephone/EPABX terminal Block

Terminal block shall be rack mounted with number pair as indicated on the plans. Terminal block shall be color coded to TIA 568B.2-1.

Mechanical Characteristic jack connector

Operating life - 200 cycles punch down Contact materials - Grade A copper alloy Contact plating - Tin/Lead Wire accommodation - Top contact 2 x 22-26 AWG solid/stranded

Bottom contact 1 x 22-26 AWG solid/stranded

Pitch - 3.81 mm NEXT - better than –53dB @ 100 MHz Attenuation - <0.001 dB @ 100 MHz Termination type - Gas-Tight insulation displacement Resistance Insulation - 500 megaohms Termination - <0.5 milliohms

2.3.4 Cross Wire & Patch Cord

Cross connection wire and patch cord shall meet or exceed the same category rating of connecting hardware. Copper Patch Cord

Shall be Category 6A, shielded, with usable bandwidth up to 500MHz.

Shall be factory assembled with PCB-based RJ45 plugs to enable high levels of performance and 100% transmission tested.

Shall utilize stranded, 360

o shield coverage for optimal transmission performance to

eliminate Alien Crosstalk with round low smoke zero halogen jacket.

Must be certified by Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL).

Page 143: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

4 of 6

2.4 BACKBONE CABLING 2.4.1 Telephone Cable 2.4.1.1 Optical Fiber Cable (for Data): Provide riser rated, hybrid single mode/multi-mode, 12-fiber

(i.e., 6 SMF + 6 MMF minimum) cable. The 6 MMF fiber cores shall be 50/125µm (850 nm /1300 nm) laser optimized OM3 multi-mode fiber. The 6 MMF fiber cores shall be

standard 8/125µm (1310 nm /1550 nm) single mode optical fiber. Fiber cables shall comply with TIA/EIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding Standard. The cables shall also required to meet the following optical specifications:

Fiber Type Wavelength

(nm)

Maximum Attenuation

(dB/km)

Minimum Modal

Bandwidth (MHz-km)

Guaranteed Gigabit

Distance (m)

Guaranteed 10 Gigabit Distance

(m)

50/125µm Laser

Optimized Multimode

850 3.0 RML - 2000 OFL - 1500

550 300

1300 1.5 OFL - 500 550 300

8/125µm 1310 0.7 N/A 3,000 10,000

1550 0.7 N/A 3,000 40,000

2.4.1.2 UTP Multi-pair Cable (for Voice): The voice backbone cable shall be 100 Ω balanced UTP multi-pair cables in 25 pair cable configuration. The cable shall be Category 6A compliant.

2.4.2 Telephone cable shall conform to REA-PE-39 for underground installation and REA-PE-22

for above ground installation, sizes shall be as indicated on the plans. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 3.1.1 Horizontal cable

All horizontal cables shall not exceed ninety 90 meters from the Main/Intermediate Distribution Frame.

3.1.2 Patch Cord and Equipment Cable

The total length of patch cord and equipment cable shall not exceed ten (10) meters. 3.1.3 Work Area Termination

All UTP cables wired to the telecommunications outlet/ connector, should have 4-pairs terminated in eight-position modular outlets in the work area. All pairs shall be terminated. The telecommunications outlet/connector shall be securely mounted at planned locations. The height of the telecommunications faceplates shall be to applicable codes and regulations.

3.1.4 Pulling Tension

The maximum cable pulling tensions shall not exceed manufacturer’s specifications.

Page 144: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

5 of 6

3.1.5 Bend Radius

The maximum cable bend radii shall not exceed manufacturer’s specifications. In spaces with F/UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4-pair cable shall not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications. During the actual installation, bend radius on 4-pair cable shall not exceed eight times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi-pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications.

3.1.6 Slack

In the work area, a minimum of 300 mm should be left for F/UTP, while 1 m (3 ft) be left for fiber cables. In telecommunications room/closets a minimum of 3 m (10 ft) of slack should be left for all cable types. This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other support types.

3.1.7 Cable Tie Wraps

Tie wraps shall be used at appropriate intervals to secure cable and to provide strain relief at termination points. These wraps shall not be over tightened to the point of deforming or crimping the cable sheath. Hook and loop cable managers should be used in the closet where reconfiguration of cables and terminations may be frequent.

3.1.8 Grounding

The system shall be properly grounded. Each shielded patch panel shall be connected to the telecommunications busbar using 14mm

2 copper wire.

3.1.9 Label

All system components shall be properly labeled and coordinated with the plans. 3.1.10 Workmanship

All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the telecommunications industry. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and secure manner, while cables are to be properly dressed. Workers must clean any debris and trash at the close of each workday.

3.2 TESTING 3.2.1 Testing Procedures

Testing of cable channels shall be performed prior to system cut over. 3.2.2 Copper Testing

All proposed Category 6A field-testing should be performed with an approved level III UTP field test device. All installed channels shall perform equal to or better than the minimum requirements as specified by the table below.

Worst Case Guaranteed Channel Margins to ISO/IEC 11801 2.1 (1-500MHz). Parameters Category 6A Insertion Loss 3% NEXT Loss 3 dB Power Sum NEXT Loss 3.5 dB ACR-F 7 dB

Page 145: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Structured Cabling System

6 of 6

PS ACR-F 10 dB Return Loss 3 dB PS ANEXT 10 dB PS AACR-F 5 dB ACR-N 6 dB PS ACR-N 6 dB

4.0 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

PABX main distribution frame and telephone operator’s console will be measured by the assembly installed and accepted.

Intermediate distribution frame will be measured by the set installed and accepted.

Telephone cable, fiber optic cable, UTP multi-pair cable and telephone outlet will be measured by linear meter installed and accepted.

Fittings and supports will be measured by one (1) lot.

5.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 146: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

1 of 9

SECTION 16722 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements," applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes providing a complete fire alarm system including associated equipment and appurtenances. Provide each system complete and ready for operation. Equipment, materials installation, workmanship, inspection, and testing shall be in strict accordance with the required and advisory provisions of NFPA 72A, Fire Code of the Philippines and NFPA 72E, except as modified herein. Devices and equipment for fire alarm service shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., or approved by the Factory Mutual System. In the NFPA publications referred to herein, the advisory provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears; reference to the "authority having jurisdiction" shall be interpreted to mean the Owner's Fire Protection Engineer.

1.3 QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLER

Prior to installation, submit data for approval by the Owner, showing that the Contractor has successfully installed interior fire alarm systems of the same type and design as specified herein, or that he has a firm contractual agreement with a subcontractor having such required experience. The data shall include the names and locations of at least two installations where the Contractor or the subcontractor referred to above, has installed such systems. The Contractor shall indicate the type and design of each system and certify that each system has performed satisfactorily in the manner intended for a period of not less than 18 months.

1.3.1 Manufacturer's Representative

Furnish the services of a qualified fire alarm system manufacturer's representative or technician, experienced in the installation and operation of the type of system being provided, to supervise the testing, including formal testing, adjustment of the system, instruction to Owner personnel.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

The Owner's Fire Protection Engineer will review and approve submittals. Shop drawings and descriptive data shall be approved prior to procurement, fabrication, and installation.

1.4.1 Manufacturer's Data: a. Fire Alarm Panel, including all attached modules; b. Manual stations; c. Cabinets; d. Batteries; e. Battery Charger; f. Smoke Detectors; g. Control Modules: h. Alarm bells; i. Conductors; and j. Conduit

Page 147: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

2 of 9

1.4.2 Shop Drawings

Provide drawings that clearly and completely indicate the function of the control panel and devices connected thereto. Indicate termination points of devices and indicate the interconnection of modules required for proper operation of the system. Indicate interconnection between modules and devices connected thereto. Drawings shall be not less than 457 mm x 610 mm.

1.4.3 Operation and Maintenance Manual

Provide six copies, bound securely in durable, hard cover, water-resistant binders. Include instructions for operating and maintaining system components, assemblies, and accessories; include a detailed description of the control panel and system operation under both routine and emergency conditions. Include as-built circuit diagrams complete with conductor color codes, a parts list by name, model number, and manufacturer, and a listing of smoke detector locations, with the serial number and firing voltage for each. General system descriptions included in manufacturer's catalogs or advertising media will not be acceptable in meeting the operation and maintenance manual requirement.

1.5 SPARE PARTS

Spare parts shall be directly interchangeable with the corresponding components of the installed system. Spare parts shall be suitably packaged and identified by nameplate, stamping, or tagging. Keys and locks for equipment shall be identical where possible. Furnish the following:

a. Four keys or tools for resetting manual stations; b. Four keys for locks of control panels or cabinets; c. One of each type smoke detector; d. One heat detector; e. Zone Module: and f. One manual pull station.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

All System components shall be the products of a single supplier. The manufacturer shall list all products for their intended purpose. The control panel assemblies and connected field appliances shall be both designed and manufactured by the same company, and shall be tested and cross-listed as to ensure that a fully functioning is designed and installed. The system supplied under this specification shall be a microprocessor-based direct wired. The system shall utilize independently addressed, microprocessor-based smoke detectors, heat detectors, and modules as described in this specification.

2.1.1 System Operation: 2.1.1.1 Sequence of Operations

Upon the alarm activation of any area smoke detector, heat detector, manual pull station, sprinkler water flow, the following functions shall automatically occur:

a. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel.

b. The LCD display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the alarm

condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date.

c. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer.

Page 148: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

3 of 9

d. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the alarm zone shall

be illuminated.

e. Activate notification audible appliances.

f. Activate automatic smoke control sequences.

g. All automatic events programmed to the alarm point shall be executed and the associated outputs activated.

2.1.1.2 Supervisory Operation

Upon supervisory activation of any sprinkler valve supervisory switch, fire pump off-normal, deluge valve fire suppression system trouble, the following functions shall automatically occur:

a. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel.

b. The LCD display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the

supervisory condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date.

c. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer.

d. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the supervisory zone shall be illuminated.

2.1.1.3 Trouble Operation

Upon activation of a trouble condition or signal from any device on the system, the following functions shall automatically occur:

a. The internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or

command center.

b. The LCD keypad display shall indicate all applicable information associated with the trouble condition including; zone, device type, device location and time/date.

c. All system activity/events shall be documented on the system printer.

d. Any remote or local annunciator LCD/LED's associated with the trouble zone shall

be illuminated. 2.2 COMPONENTS OF DESIGN

2.2.1 Fire Alarm Control Panel

The control panel shall be a multi-processor based system designed specifically for fire, one-way and two-way emergency audio communications, smoke control, extinguishing agent releasing system, and guard patrol applications. The control panel shall be listed and approved for the application standard(s) as listed under the General section.

The control panel shall include all required hardware, software and site-specific system programming to provide a complete and operational system. The control panel shall be designed such that interactions between any applications can be configured, and modified using software provided by a single supplier. The control panel operational priority shall assure that life safety takes precedence among the activities coordinated by the control panel.

Page 149: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

4 of 9

The control panel shall include the following capacities:

a. Support analog/addressable points as indicated on the plans. b. Support network connections up to 63 other control panels and annunciators. c. Support up to 1740 chronological events. d. Provide electronic addressing of analog/addressable devices. e. Provide an operator interface control/display that shall annunciate, command and

control system functions. f. Provide an internal audible signal with different programmable patters to

distinguish between alarm, supervisory, trouble and monitor conditions. g. Provide a discreet system control switch provided for reset, alarm silence, panel

silence, drill switch, previous message switch, next message switch and details switch.

h. Provide system reports that provide detailed description of the status of system

parameters for corrective action or for preventative maintenance programs. i. Reports shall be displayed by the operator interface or capable of being printed on

a printer. j. Provide an authorized operator with the ability to operate or modify system

functions like system time, date, passwords, holiday dates, restart the system and clear control panel event history file.

k. Provide an authorized operator to perform test functions within the installed

system. The control panel shall contain a standby power supply that automatically supplies electrical energy to the system upon primary power supply failure. The system shall include a charging circuit to automatically maintain the electrical charge of the battery.

2.2.1.1 System Message Processing and Display Operations

The control panel shall be capable of supporting a printer. All system control panel printer ports shall be configurable to output any combination of alarm, supervisory, trouble, monitor, or service group event messages. The control panel shall be capable of supporting a LCD display. The display on each system node (cabinet) shall be configurable to display the status of any and all combinations of all alarm, supervisory, trouble, monitor, or service group event messages. The system program shall have a minimum of 100 system definable service groups definable within the program to allow facilitate the testing of installed system based on the physical layout of the system. Service groups that disable the wiring of circuits serving multiple floors or fire zones shall not be considered as equal.

Advanced Windows® based programming with program version reporting to document any and all changes made during system start-up or system commissioning. Time and date stamps of all modifications made to the program must be included to allow full retention of all previous program versions data.

The operator display shall clearly identify unacknowledged and acknowledged alarm, supervisory, trouble, and monitor status messages.

The system shall provide the ability to download data from the analog/addressable

Page 150: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

5 of 9

detectors to a PC while the system is on-line and operational in the protected premises. The downloaded data may then be analyzed in a diagnostic program supplied by the system manufacturer.

2.2.1.2 Power Supply

System power supply(s) shall provide multiple power limited 24 VDC output circuits as required by the panel. Upon failure of normal (AC) power, the affected portion(s) of the system shall automatically switch over to secondary power without losing any system functions. Each system power supply shall be individually supervised. Power supply trouble signals shall identify the specific supply and the nature of the trouble condition. All standby batteries shall be continuously monitored by the power supply. Low battery and disconnection of battery power supply conditions shall immediately annunciate as battery trouble and identify the specific power supply affected. All system power supplies shall be capable of recharging their associated batteries, from a fully discharged condition to a capacity sufficient to allow the system to perform consistent with the requirements of this section, in 48 hours maximum.

2.2.1.3 Reports

The system shall provide the operator with system reports that give detailed description of the status of system parameters for corrective action, or for preventative maintenance programs. The system shall provide these reports via the main LCD, and shall be capable of being printed on any system printer. The system shall provide a report that gives a sensitivity listing of all detectors that have less than 75% environmental compensation remaining. The system shall provide a report that provides a sensitivity (% Obscuration per foot) listing of any particular detector.

The system shall provide a report that gives a listing of the sensitivity of all of the detectors on any given panel in the system, or any given analog/addressable device loop within any given panel. The system shall provide a report that gives a chronological listing of up to the last 1740 system events.

The system shall provide a listing of all of the firmware revision listings for all of the installed network components in the system.

2.2.2 Smoke Detectors General

Each analog addressable smoke detector's sensitivity shall be capable of being programmed individually as: most sensitive, more sensitive, normal, less sensitive or least sensitive. In addition to the five sensitivity levels the detector shall provide a pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall be settable in 5% increments of the detector's alarm sensitivity value. An alternate alarm sensitivity level shall be provided for each detector, which can be set to any of the five (5) sensitivity settings manually or automatically using a time of day event. In addition to the five alternate sensitivity levels the detector shall provide an alternate pre-alarm sensitivity setting, which shall be settable in 5% increments of the detector's alternate alarm sensitivity value. The detector shall be able to differentiate between a long drift above the pre-alarm threshold and fast rise above the threshold. The detector's sensing element reference point shall automatically adjust, compensating for background environmental conditions such as dust, temperature, and pressure. Periodically, the sensing element real-time analog value shall be compared against its reference value. The detector shall provide a maintenance alert signal that 75% to 99% compensation has been used. The detector shall provide a dirty fault signal that 100% or greater compensation has been used. The system shall allow for changing of detector types for service replacement purposes without the need to reprogram the system. The replacement detector type shall automatically continue to operate with the same programmed sensitivity levels and functions as the detector it replaced. System shall display an off-normal condition until the proper detector type has been installed or change

Page 151: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

6 of 9

in the application program profile has been made.

The detectors address shall be set by electronic means only, no mechanical means such as programming by pins, dipswitches or rotary switches shall be used.

2.2.2.1 Photoelectric Smoke Detector

Provide analog/addressable photoelectric smoke detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The detector shall have the ability to set the sensitivity and alarm verification of each of the individual detectors on the circuit. It shall be possible to automatically change the sensitivity of individual analog/addressable detectors for the day and night periods. Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals in addition to the normal, trouble and need cleaning information. It shall be possible to program control panel activity to each level. Each smoke detector may be individually programmed to operate at any one of five (5) sensitivity settings. Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation algorithm that identifies and sets ambient environmental thresholds approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental compensation value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 75% and 100% of the allowable environmental compensation value.

2.2.3 Fixed Temperature-ROR Heat Detector

Provide analog/addressable combination fixed temperature / rate-of-rise detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The heat detector shall have a nominal fixed temperature alarm point rating of 135°F (57°C) and a rate of rise alarm point of 15°F (9°C) per minute. The heat detector shall be rated for ceiling installation at a minimum of 70 ft (21.3m) centers and be suitable for wall mount applications.

2.2.4 Optical Beam Smoke Detector: Provide projected smoke detector as indicated on plans to

be used with a control panel. The projected beam smoke detector shall be a 4-wire, 24VDC device, with a beam spread of 18.3 meters with a maximum range of 70 meters; and shall operate as indicated on the plans. The detector shall consist of transmitter and receiver capable of being powered separately or together. The detector shall feature a bank of four alignment LEDs’ on both receiver and transmitter that are used to ensure proper alignment of the unit without special tools. The detector shall feature automatic gain control which will compensate for gradual signal deterioration from dirt accumulation on the lenses. Units shall be provided with ceiling and wall mounting brackets.

2.2.5 Detector Bases

Provide standard detector mounting bases suitable for mounting on either North American 1-gang, 3½ or 4-inch octagon box and 4 inch square box, or European BESA or 1-gang box. The base shall, contain no electronics and support all series detector types.

2.2.6 Manual Stations - Double Action Single Stage

Provide analog/addressable double action, single stage fire alarm stations at the locations shown on the drawings. The fire alarm station shall be of polycarbonate construction and incorporate an internal toggle switch. A locked test feature shall be provided. The station shall be finished in red with silver "PULL IN CASE OF FIRE" lettering. The manual station shall be suitable for mounting on North American 2 ½ (64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 ½ (38mm) deep 4 square boxes with 1-gang covers.

The detectors address shall be set by electronic means only, no mechanical means such as programming by pins, dipswitches or rotary switches shall be used.

Page 152: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

7 of 9

2.2.7 Bells

Provide 200 mm surface-mounted type with matching back box and shall be UL/FM approved. Bells shall be underdome, vibrating type, suitable for use in an electrically supervised circuit, with a sound output rating of at least 85 decibels at 3 meters. Provide bells specifically listed for outdoor use in exposed locations. Bells shall have a separate screw terminal for each conductor connection.

2.2.8 Relay Module

Provide addressable control relay circuit modules at the locations shown on the drawings. The module shall provide one (1) form C dry relay contacts rated at 24Vdc @ 2 amps (pilot duty) to control external appliances or equipment. The position of the relay contact shall be confirmed by the system firmware.

2.2.9 Notification Appliance Circuits

Provide addressable notification appliance circuit modules at the locations shown on the drawings. The module shall provide one (1) supervised Class B notification circuit. The module shall provide polarized audible / visual selection for 24Vdc @ 2amps, audio outputs at 25Vrms @ 50 watts or 70 Vrms @ 35 watts.

2.2.10 Isolation Module

Provide addressable fault isolator circuit modules each circuit. The module shall be capable of isolating and removing a fault from a Class A data circuit while allowing the remaining data loop to continue operating.

2.3 WIRING

Provide in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 72A. Conductors shall be copper. Conductors for 220-volt circuits shall be 3.5 mm minimum; single conductors for low-voltage dc circuits shall be 2.0 mm minimum or 3.5 mm as shown on drawings. Conductors shall be color-coded. Provide wiring in rigid metal conduit. Identify conductors within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. Identify conductors by plastic-coated, self-sticking, printed markers or by heat-shrink type sleeves. Wire the alarm initiating and notification signal devices so that removal will cause the system trouble device to sound. Pigtail or "T" taps connections to alarm initiating devices, evacuation alarm bells, horns, and fire warning light is not acceptable. Each conductor used for the same specific function shall be distinctively color-coded. Use two different color codes for each interior alarm circuit; one for each loop. Each circuit color code wire shall remain uniform throughout circuit.

2.4 MONITORING SOFTWARE

Provide smoke detector monitoring software. 2.5 GROUNDING

Fire alarm panel shall be grounded, by connecting to the building grounding system. Resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Equipment, materials, installation, workmanship, inspection, and testing shall be in accordance with NFPA publications and as modified herein.

Page 153: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

8 of 9

3.2 PRELIMINARY TESTS

Conduct the following tests during installation of wiring and system components. Correct any deficiency pertaining to these requirements prior to formal functional and operational tests of the system.

3.2.1 Ground Resistance

Measure the resistance of each connection to ground. Ground resistance shall not exceed 25 ohms.

3.2.2 Dielectric Strength and Insulation Resistance

Test the dielectric strength and the insulation resistance of the system interconnecting wiring by means of an instrument capable of generating 500 volts dc and equipped to indicate leakage current in 1000 megohms. For the purpose of this test, the instrument shall be connected between each conductor on the line and between each conductor and ground at the control panel end of the line, with the other extremity open circuited and all series-connected devices in place. The system shall withstand the test without breakdown and shall indicate a resistance of not less than 500,000 ohms, the measurement being taken after an electrification of not more than 1.0 minute with a dc potential of not less than 100 volts nor more than 550 volts.

3.2.3 Smoke Detector Tests

Prior to formal inspection and tests, clean and perform sensitivity tests on each smoke detector. Clean the smoke detectors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures.

3.3 FIELD INSPECTION AND TEST

Before final acceptance of the work, test each system to demonstrate compliance with the contract requirement. Each system shall be subjected to complete functional and operational tests including tests in place of each smoke detector. When tests have been completed and corrections made, submit a signed and dated certificate with a request for formal inspection and tests.

3.4 FORMAL INSPECTION AND TEST

The Owner's Fire Protection Engineer will witness formal tests after receipt of written certification that preliminary tests have been completed and that the system is ready for final inspection. The system manufacturer's technical representative shall be present for the final inspection and test. Preliminary test shall be repeated and functional and operational tests conducted, as requested by the Fire Protection Engineer. Correct defects and conduct additional tests to demonstrate that the system conforms to contract specifications.

3.5 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Fire alarm control panel, fire alarm horn, manual pull station, smoke detector, heat detector, fire alarm annunciator panel, zone addressable module, will be measured by the set installed and accepted. Wire and cable of the size and insulation type will be measured by linear meter installed and accepted. Testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

Page 154: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Fire Alarm System

9 of 9

3.6 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section.

Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities. *****

Page 155: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Public Address System

1 of 5

SECTION 16760 - PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements

Section 16011, “Electrical General Requirements”, applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 Description of Work

The work includes supply and installation of complete paging system but not limited to power amplifiers, preamplifiers, speakers and related accessories.

1.3 Submittals

1.3.1 Manufacturer's Data

Submit manufacturer's data for all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work, as follows:

a. Power Amplifier;

b. Pre-Amplifier;

c. Radio AM/FM,

d. CD Player,

e. Selector Switches;

f. Ceiling Speaker;

g. Wall Type Speaker;

h. Desk Top Microphone; and

i. Other equipment necessary to complete the paging system

1.3.2 Shop Drawings

Submit shop drawings for the overall system and for each major component. Drawings shall illustrate how each item of equipment will function in the system and shall include an overall system schematic indicating relationship of intercommunication units on one diagram.

1.3.3 Operating and Maintenance Instructions

Six bound sets of instructions for operating and maintenance shall be furnished.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Equipment and Components

Equipment and components of program distribution and paging systems shall conform to applicable requirements of Article 810, NFPA 70. The system shall be an integrated design of a single manufacturer and shall consist of amplifier, pre-amplifier, control panel, speakers, microphone, and interconnecting cables complete with rack and supports. All speakers shall operate from a 70-volt distribution system.

Page 156: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Public Address System

2 of 5

a. Provide pre-amplifier/mixer either separately or as an integral part of power amplifier. If separate, it shall be completely self-contained, requiring only a 240 VAC power source. Pre-amplifier shall employ only solid-state devices. Performance characteristics.

(1) Inputs: microphone-low impedance, 150 ohms nominal auxiliary-high

impedance, 500,000 ohms or greater; (2) Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz ± 2db. (3) Total Harmonic Distortion: 1 percent or less at rated output. (4) Output Noise Level: minimum 60 db below rated output. (5) Output: shall be sufficient to drive power amplifier to rated output. (6) Controls: On/Off switch with “Power On” indicator lamp or LED Master Gain

(Rotary) (7) Individual gain per input (Rotary); (8) All controls shall be front panel mounted. b. Power amplifier shall employ only solid-state devices. Performance characteristics

are as follows: (1) Power Output: As indicated. (2) Frequency Response: 100-10,000 Hz, + 3db. (3) Signal to Noise Ratio: 60 db or greater at rated output. (4) Total Harmonic Distortion: less than 3 percent at rated output.

(5) Controls: On/Off switch with “Power On” indicator lamp or LED Volume (Rotary). All controls shall be panel-mounted.

(6) Power requirements: 240 VAC, 60 Hz. c. Provide ceiling and wall type speakers with the following ratings and features:

(1) Sensitivity (Sound Pressure): 92db minimum, measured at 1-watt input, 1.2 meters on axis.

(2) Frequency Response: 80 to 12,000 Hz ± 3 db. (3) Dispersion: 90°. (4) Transformer with 4-level taps: 1.5, 5, 10 watts. (5) Minimum 20 gauge steel or aluminum back boxes of acoustically damped

construction. Provide for relief of backpressure. Assembly shall be rust proofed.

(6) Suitable speaker grille for recessed mounting to provide a flush appearance; shall be made of minimum 20-gauge steel or aluminum.

(7) One-inch voice coil.

2.1.4 Provide horn type speakers with ratings as indicated.

2.1.5 AM/FM Equipment

AM/FM tuner shall be rack-mounted and shall as a minimum, conform to the following characteristics:

a. Tuning Range : AM - 540 to 1605 kHz

FM - 88 to 108 MHz

b. Selectivity : 60 dB on FM

40 dB on AM

Page 157: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Public Address System

3 of 5

c. Sensitivity : FM- 1.5 microvolts

AM- 2.0 microvolts Capture ratio: 1.0 dB

d. Power requirement : 240 VAC, 60 Hz.

2.1.6 Compact Disc Player

Player shall have three beam laser pickup, dual digital to analog converter, ramdom access and ramdom mode programmable playback. Player shall have as a minimum conform to the following:

a. Frequency : 10-20kHz ± 1 dB

b. Signal-to Noise : 100 dB minimum

c. Dynamic Range : 96 dB minimum

d. THD : 0.007% maximum at 1 kHz

e. Channel Separation : 90 dB minimum at 1 kHz

f. Quantization : 16 bits minimum linear per channel

g. Conversion rate : 4 minimum x over-sampling

h. Disc size : 5 and 3-inch

2.1.7 Provide microphone suitable for desk mounting. Performance characteristics:

a. Type: Dynamic

b. Impedance: Low impedance, 150 ohms nominal.

c. Frequency Response: 60 to 12,000 Hz.

d. Output Level: 58db minimum.

e. Four zones selector switches with indicating lights.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

a. Power Wiring

Provide power wiring, raceway, and outlet boxes for intercommunications system as specified in Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems."

b. Control Circuit Wiring

Install control circuits in accordance with PEC 2000 and as indicated. Provide type of control circuit wire and number of conductors as recommended by intercommunication system manufacturer.

Page 158: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Public Address System

4 of 5

c. Signal Wiring

Wire speakers with 1.5mm² twisted pair wire. Provide shielding if required by manufacturer. Microphone wiring shall be as recommended by equipment manufacturer.

d. Backboxes

Provide backboxes having characteristics suitable for speakers mounted in them.

e. Mobility

System sub-assemblies shall be capable of relocation by running new cables to applicable junction box, patch-board or control unit.

f. Weatherproofing

Weatherproof all units mounted outdoors or subject to increment conditions. 3.2 FIELD TESTS

Conduct testing specified herein in the presence of the Owner.

3.2.1 Intercommunication System Tests

An operational system test shall be performed to verify conformance of intercommunication system to this specification. The Contractor shall notify the Owner two (2) weeks prior to when tests are to be performed so that Owner shall witness tests. These tests shall include originating and receiving messages at specified stations, at proper volume levels, without cross talk or noise from other links or non-designated units.

3.2.2 Re-testing

Rectify deficiencies indicated by tests and completely re-test work affected by such deficiencies at Contractor's expense.

3.3 INSPECTION

Make observation to verify that units and controls are properly labeled, and interconnecting wires and terminals identified. Owner shall observe system features specified.

3.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Public address equipment, ceiling speaker and horn speaker will be measured by the set installed and accepted.

Fitting and support and testing and commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

Page 159: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 - Electrical

Section VI – Technical Specifications Public Address System

5 of 5

3.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section. Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

*****

Page 160: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

1 of 6

SECTION 16761 - ELECTRONIC PRIVATE AUTOMATIC BRANCH EXCHANGE (EPABX)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements

The Contractor shall install a complete EPABX system as shown in the plans and drawings. 1.2 Submittals

1.2.1 Manufacturer’s Data

Submit manufacturer's data for all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work. 1.2.2 Shop Drawings

Submit shop drawings for the overall system and each major component. Drawing shall illustrate how each item of equipment will function, system schematic diagram, one line diagram, and equipment layout.

1.2.3 Samples

Submit samples of all major components but not limited to telephone handsets and operators headset.

1.2.4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Six (6) bound O and M manual shall be provided. PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.1 Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX) shall consist of central control equipment, telephone sets, operators console, power regulating equipment, hardware/software interfaced with computer and printer, and all wires and cables from the EPABX terminal cabinet to the EPABX equipment and to the operator.

2.1.1 Capacity of PABX

The minimum capacity required shall be as follows:

Total Capacity

Local Lines 200 Trunk Lines 30

Operator Console 1 2.1.2 Tie Line

Provision for tie-line facility shall enable the system to link up with other EPABX of the different brands/models following CCITT standards in the future. Must be capable of (EI) 2 MBPC direct connections with PLDT and 2 wires E and M.

Page 161: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

2 of 6

2.1.3 Operator Console

The system shall be suitable to accommodate one (1) operators console in the future. However, one (1) operator console shall be provided initially.

2.1.4 Interface to Computer

The EPABX shall be provided with circuitry and ports for interfacing with the computer. The tenderer shall indicate during tender submission that such a feature is included with the EPABX offered. The computer shall be used for management and maintenance, with features such as station message detail systems, maintenance, traffic measurement, system diagnostics and line/trunk testing.

2.1.5 Data Communication

The PABX shall be digital and able to provide data communication facilities (without the use of modems), which enable simultaneous and independent voice and data traffic on a two-wire extension line using either synchronous or synchronous modes at a minimum of 9.6Kbps.

2.1.6 Processor and Switching Circuits

Microprocessor controlled, memory programmed, duplicate control. Control and switching of calls should be based upon Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) according to CCITT, with single stage non-blocking Time Division Multiplex (TDM) switching matrix. PABX concept ensures future continuity; it must be compatible already with the requirements of the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN).

2.1.7 Tone and Ringing Signal

All tones in the System must be generated through synchronized insertion of digitally stored patterns.

The ringing signal of external incoming calls and internal incoming calls shall be distinctively different.

2.1.8 Transmission Characteristics

The transmission method must be following the guidelines for EPABX with digital switching. 2.1.9 Traffic Capacity of Specified System

System traffic capacity should be high. Minimum should be greater than or equal to 110 Erlang total traffic with a loss less than 1%. Traffic measurement of the system shall be carried out 1 month after system acceptance and thereafter every 2 months for a period of two (2) years. The Contractor shall provide all measurement record and present the result and analysis to the Owner within two weeks after taking the test.

2.1.10 Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)

Built-in system facility. System should be able to display or print out individual call data per extension. Storage on hard disk for analysis on computer (off-line) should be possible.

2.1.11 Voice Mailbox (OPTION)

Voice mailbox facility shall be provided to perform the following functions.

Page 162: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

3 of 6

a. General Characteristics: Ac computer-based voice massaging system shall be provided as an integral server for the central EPABX control equipment. Indications on minimum and incremental capacities of the voice massaging system must be provided. The voice message system must be field upgradeable.

The system must be facilitating voice massaging between corporate sites. User facilities and features of the system must be included.

2.2 Central Control Equipment

a. The EPABX shall be stored program controlled system composed of the control and switching equipment neatly arranged and housed in standard equipment racks. Interconnection between different units of the system shall be by means of prefabricated front connected plug-in cables. There shall be no access necessary from the rear side of the cabinets.

b. Each rack shall be complete with stabilized power supply unit and with suitable

ventilation louver.

c. The central control equipment shall be a special purpose computer with instruction sets and logic units specially designed for fast efficient handling of telecommunication date switching.

d. The central control equipment shall consist of electronic logic circuit of the latest

state-of-the art design and of proven technology.

e. All components shall be mounted on high quality printed circuit boards vertically mounted and with edge connectors for connection to motherboard.

f. Alarm and fault indication circuits shall be provided for easy diagnostic and testing.

The system shall have the facilities for Remote Diagnostics and Programming.

g. The resident operating system and control program shall be designed for real time application and with resident self-checking program to check on operation of various sub-systems.

h. All components shall be neatly arranged and pre-wired at the factory and in cabinets

with the plug in type tie-cable for connection between cabinets.

i. The cabinets shall be designed to allow heat dissipation by convection.

j. The equipment shall not require forced cooling. Fans and similar devices are not acceptable. The equipment shall be able to operate normally without the need of air-conditioning system.

k. The EPABX shall be able to operate efficiently over the entire area. Line loop

resistance shall be considered. It shall be possible to connect digital telephone to the PABX for simultaneous voice and data communications. It shall be possible to duplicate important ports (e.g. ports used for computer connection or for use of VIP's) such that when the normally assigned port fails the back-up port shall immediately take-over. Power requirement shall be 1.8 watts to 2 watts per port.

2.3 Operators Console

The operator console shall be: a. Ergonomically designed for easy and efficient operation;

Page 163: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

4 of 6

b. Low profiles elegant and modern design; c. Provided with keypad for rapid processing of calls; d. With LCD display or VDU for efficient reporting of system operation and fault status; e. Numeric keypad shall be provided for efficient extension of calls; f. Designed for operation so that only the fewest keystrokes are required for processing

a call apart from extension number; g. Connection of console shall utilize multiple connectors and shall enable back or

bottom connection, cord size shall be arranged to a minimum; h. Two lightweight operator headsets with plug shall be provided for each operator

consoles. A separate supervisory jack shall also be provided as standard;

i. Provided with LCD display to indicate the incoming trunk lines and calling extension numbers as well as the extension number pressed by the operator;

j. The operator console shall be provided with directory features allowing quick

translation from extension number to extension user and vice-versa. 2.4 Telephone Sets

a. Provide telephone handset as shown on the plans;

b. All telephone sets shall be Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) push bottom dialing, or digital signaling fully modular either desk-top or wall-mounted as specified;

c. All telephone sets shall be complete with handset;

d. Buttons for holding or transferring of calls shall be provided. For all secretary and executive extensions, special features must also be provided;

e. Indication lamp for Message Waiting shall be provided for executive extensions;

f. Loud speaking and hands free dialing facility shall be provided for executive extensions;

g. All telephone sets shall be complete with a flexible cord of a minimum length of

2000mm;

h. Telephone outlet connection units shall be supplied and installed for all types of extensions;

i. The terminations and connections of telephone sets shall be of plug and socket type;

j. Equipment sampled of telephone sets, outlet connection cable shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering;

k. Colors of telephone sets shall be selected by the Owner;

l. All telephone sets shall be low profile type and of elegant looking design and subject to approval by the Engineer.

Page 164: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

5 of 6

2.5 Power Supply

All equipment to be supplied and installed must have their own self-contained step-down and rectifier circuitry. All the equipment must also have provisions for connections to a central back-up DC supply. Terminal external to this equipment must be provided to effect these connections.

2.6 Back-up Power

Under power failure conditions, the system equipment shall be able to transfer automatically to the back-up power supply without any interruption in the telephone service.

The EPABX equipment shall be designed such that all the essential parts of the system shall be powered from batteries on charge and discharge principle. This shall prevent any deterioration of the system. If any mains power failure occurs, voltage stabilizing equipment shall also be included within. This will ensure that the normal fluctuation of the line voltage does not affect the smooth operation of the entire system.

Sealed type of NICKEL CADMIUM batteries shall be provided. The battery capacity shall be able to provide 8 hours standby power during peak load operation in the event of normal and generator power failure.

Battery rack to be provided shall be made of hard wood complete with cover and treated against corrosion.

2.6.1 Charger

Charger shall be housed in metal cubicles with proper ventilation and prevent ingress of insect and vermin. The following shall be included in the charger:

Load sharing is required in the case of two chargers being used; Audio and visual alarms shall be provided to indicate overloads, low and high voltages;

Means of isolation shall be provided in the case of service and maintenance;

Automatic booster charge and trickle charge selector;

Meters to indicate charging current and voltage shall be provided; the battery charger must be capable of recharging the battery to its maximum rated capacity when main power is restored at the shortest possible time.

PART3- EXECUTION

3.1 MATERIAL

All materials supplied shall be brand new and supplied from reputable manufacturers with proven experience and technical back up.

3.2 WORK

All works shall be conducted under the supervision of manufacturer's trained personnel who shall be responsible for supervising the installation.

Page 165: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical

Section VI- Technical Specifications Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX)

6 of 6

3.3 GROUNDING

Frames of MDF, all metal casings, rack enclosures, control panels, cable trunking shall be properly grounded.

3.4 LABELLING

Labels in general shall be made from white "Traffolite" laminated white/black/white and suitably engraved with black lettering in English. Each of the console, panel, and termination cabinets shall be labeled on the front cover indicating the area served by the unit.

3.5 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING

Commissioning and testing shall be carried out on the entire installation, fully carried out in part or as a whole in accordance with the requirements of these specifications.

3.6 TRAINING

Training shall be provided of the Owner's staff until they are familiar with the operation and maintenance of the complete installation.

3.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Refer to Section 16711 – Structure Cabling System. Measurement and Payment of EPABX is included thereat.

Page 166: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

1 of 8

SECTION 16762 - CLOSED CIRCUIT TV SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall install a complete CCTV system as shown on the plans and Drawings. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes supply and installation for the complete Close Circuit Television System, but not limited to cameras, camera enclosure, relay box, remote controller, cabling system, and related accessories.

1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.3.1 Manufacturer's Data

Submit manufacturer's data for all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work.

1.3.2 Shop Drawings

Submit shop drawings for the overall system and each major component. Drawing shall illustrate how each item of equipment will function, system schematic diagram, one line diagram and equipment layout.

1.3.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Submit three copies of operating and maintenance manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DESCRIPTION

DVR should be extremely reliable, easy-to-install digital video recorder that delivers essential video recording features in an economical package. The units must utilize a chassis no larger than two rack units in height, and be suitable for either a desktop situation or mounting into a standard 19” equipment rack. The unit must feature power recovery upon interruption, and an operation status record log. The Digital Video Recorder shall feature full triplex operation to allow for simultaneous live or playback viewing and recording operations. It shall be available in four, nine, and sixteen channel configurations, all with a minimum of two audio channels. All configurations must be offered in 80GB, 160GB, 320GB, or 640GB hard drive capacities. The DVR must include a Main Monitor output to display the video in full-screen format, multi-screen format, or sequential format. The system must also have a Call Monitor output to display any selected camera in full-screen call up, sequential display, and alarm call up operations. The front panel must provide immediate control of all recording, searching, and management functions, as well as controlling PTZ cameras. A minimum of the following manufacturer’s PTZ cameras must be compatible:

The Digital Video Recorder must offer the following dome control functions from the front panel:

Select Preset number, Go to Preset, Set Preset, Focus Near, Focus Far, Tilt Up, Tilt Down, Pan Left, Pan Right, Iris Open, Iris Close, Zoom In, Zoom Out, Display PTZ Hint

It shall be compatible with the Touch Tracker Series dome controller.

The Digital Video Recorder must be able to easily be added to an existing network via

Page 167: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

2 of 8

TCP/IP or viewed via a web browser to search for video, monitor and configure cameras, and receive alarm notifications from a remote workstation using a built-in web server. Up to eight users shall be allowed to simultaneously connect to the unit using the Viewer.

It shall include a minimum of four live viewing modes, to include, but not necessarily be limited to; basic live view, freeze, 2X digital zoom, and custom sequencing. In addition, the user must be able to set up to eight recording schedules, and play back the recorded video in speeds ranging from 1/100 to 100X the original speed.

The Digital Video Recorder shall offer highly refined search capability, with multiple search modes and conditions that include event lists, time, alarm lists, and filters. To make it quick and easy to find specific video clips, the ability to utilize thumbnail searches with eight different time intervals must be available. In addition, the unit must support adjustable motion detection and covert cameras for enhanced security. The adjustable motion detection conditions shall include sensitivity, target area, target size, motion duration, and track direction.

The Unit must include both a built-in CD-RW and Secure Digital (SD) card slot to archive a still image (JPEG), archive .AVI format video clips, backup system settings, and update system software. Unalterable digital signatures of recorded video shall ensure the image authenticity.

2.2 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS – DVR

The DVR system shall meet the following minimum performance specifications:

System Design Non PC-based, embedded operating system with DSP hardware and upgradeable system firmware

Archiving 80 GB, 160 GB, 320 GB and 640 GB Hard Drive (Full/Alarm/Select); SD memory card (.JPG or .AVI format); CD-RW

Video Input 1.0 Vpp (signal 714mV, sync 286mV) 75 ohms (BNC unbalanced)

AGC Range: 0.5~2.0 Vpp

Chrominance: 0.286 Vpp

Color sub-carrier lock range: ± 200Hz

Video Output Level 1.0 Vpp ± 10%, 75 ohms (BNC unbalanced)

Video Output Frequency -3dB ± 1dB at 3 MHz 30 IPS NTSC/25 ips PAL, best recording mode

Video Output Burst Level 286mv ± 10% or Vector ± 10°

Compression Pixel qty 720 x 240 NTSC (720 x 288 PAL)

Impedance 75 ohms/Hi-impedance x 16 switchable

Number of Audio Tracks Two

Audio Compression 8/22/44 kHz sampling, µ-law

Audio Input 10k ohms, 2.6Vp-p (RCA)

Audio Output 1k ohms, 2.6Vp-p, 100~2k Hz (RCA)

Audio Output Level -15dBs ± 4dBs (input –8dBs 1kHz sine wave)

Network Interface Ethernet (RJ-45, 10/100M)

Network Protocol TCP/IP, DHCP, HTTP, UDP

Page 168: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

3 of 8

Network Capabilities

Live/Playback/PTZ control/System Setup Serial Port, RS-232, RS-485–variable bit rate from 1200 up to 115200 bps, 8 data bits , no parity, 1 stop bit. RS-485 signals are provided to the rear panel with a push-in type terminal block connector.

Recording Rate 60 ips for 720 x 240 (NTSC) / 50 ips for 720 x 288 (PAL)

Password Protection Menu Setup, Remote Access

Software Upgrade Via SD memory card

Picture Compression M-JPEG

Recording Capacity 80, 160, 320 or 640 GB (1 or 2 fixed HDD) 1 CD-RW

Memory Card Supports SD memory card

Features Access Via front panel, client software or web browser

Composite Monitor Outputs Main and Spot

Controller Compatibility AD Touch Tracker

2.3 MINIMUM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

The DVR system should meet the following minimum requirements:

a. Electrical Power

(1) Power Supply (Adapter) Input: 100-240 VAC, 47-63 Hz Output: 12 VDC, 5 A

(2) Power Consumption 33 Watts (12 VDC, 3A) without Hard Drive;

Up to 55 Watts (12 VDC, 3 A) with Hard Drive (3) Power Interrupt Auto recovery to recording mode b. Physical Dimensions

(1) Unit Dimensions (WxHxD) 430 x 55 x 405 mm (17 x 2 x 16 in)

(2) Unit Weight 15.45 lbs/34.06 kg (two hard drives)

c. Environmental

(1) Operating Temperature 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F) (2) Humidity 30% to 80% (3) Storage Temperature -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 40°F)

d. Regulatory

(1) Emissions FCC 15b, Class B EN55022

1998/A1: 2000/A2:2003 Class B EN61000-3

2:1995/A1:1998/A2:2003 EN61000-3-3:1995/A1:2001

(2) Immunity EN50130-4 (1996)

(3) Safety CE UL 60950-1 TUV EN

60950-1: 2001+A11 C-Tick Australia PSE Japan

Page 169: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

4 of 8

2.4 MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS FOR CLIENT SOFTWARE

The client software for the DVR system shall meet the following minimum specifications: a. Processor Intel-Pentium, 4MHz

b. Memory 512 MB RAM Operating c. System Windows® 2000, and XP d. Video Card 64 MB of RAM capable of 32- bit true color

display e. Free Hard Disk Space 160 MB for software installation f. Network Card 10Base-T network for LAN operation

2.5 DOME FIX CAMERA DESCRIPTION

The Discover™ dome contains either a high-resolution, high resolution wide dynamic range, or standard resolution color fixed camera with choice of 2.5-6 mm, 3.8-9.5 mm and 9-22 mm variable focal auto iris lens mounted in a high impact vandal resistant housing.

2.5.1 Performance Specifications:

The assembly shall be a low profile housing, which is made from polycarbonate and composite materials with a polycarbonate viewing bubble.

a. The vandal resistant housing and camera.

b. Within the housing there shall be a mounting bracket with a gimbal arrangement

to allow adjustment of the camera in the x, y and z-axis. The gimbals shall have locking screws to resist movement once the camera is adjusted.

c. The housing shall include tamper resistant fasteners to prevent entry without a

special tool. Tamper resistant fasteners shall be pin-in Torx Type. d. Installed within shall be a high-resolution, high resolution wide dynamic range or

standard resolution fixed camera with choice of 2.5-6 mm, 3.8-9.5 mm and 9-22 mm variable focal auto iris lens.

e. The housing shall be mountable in two base configurations: surface mount dome

and flush mount dome. f. Optional wall, pendant, inside corner, external corner, pole and electrical box

mounting options will also be available. g. The housing shall include a threaded hole for ¾” conduit in the back, as well as a

½” side entry. h. The housing shall meet the requirements of NEMA 4X (IP66) for weather

resistance. An optional field installed heater shall be available. i. The housing cover shall include a gasket and retain the fasteners for easier

installation. A lanyard shall retain the housing cover to aid installation. j. The bubble shall meet impact resistance equivalent to 120 pounds (54.4 kg) of

force with repeated strikes. The bubble shall have a thickness of 2.5mm (±0.1mm).

k. The high-resolution camera shall be a high-resolution color 1/3-inch CCD type

with 540 lines of resolution and light sensitivity of 0.65 lux at F1.2.

Page 170: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

5 of 8

l. The camera shall be available in NTSC and PAL formats. m. Dip-switch settings shall control Night-Saver, White Balance (Normal, Extended),

line lock, flickerless mode, backlight compensation and automatic gain control. n. The Wide Dynamic Range camera shall be a high-resolution color 1/3” Pixim type

with 504 lines of resolution and light sensitivity of 0.95 lux at F1.2. o. The camera shall support NTSC and PAL formats. p. The camera shall support on screen menu display and shall control Night-Saver,

DVR-Saver, White Balance, Wide Dynamic Range, line lock, video format (NTSC, PAL), Digital Slow Shutter, digital zoom and general picture adjustment.

q. The standard resolution camera shall be a high-resolution color 1/3” CCD type

with 330 lines of resolution and light sensitivity of 3.0 lux at F1.4. The camera shall be available in NTSC and PAL formats.

r. Three lens options shall include a 2.5-6 mm (F-stop 1.3) variable focal, 3.8-9.5

(F-stop 1.2) variable focal and 9-22 mm (F-stop 1.3) variable focal lens. Each shall feature DC auto iris with level control.

s. The camera shall operate from 12Vdc or 24Vac (60 Hz NTSC or 50 Hz PAL) and

draw a maximum of 3 watts. 2.6 PTZ CAMERA DESCRIPTION

High-speed programmable dome with high resolution DSP6 with Day (color) and Night (black and white) camera modes. Day and Night mode controlled by the removal of an infrared filter. Electronic Image Stabilization compensates for physical movement and vibration of the dome. Has 23X optical zoom and 230X total zoom capability.

2.6.1 Performance Specifications

The dome assembly must be comprised of a high-speed pan/tilt assembly, high-resolution Day (color) or Night (black and white) Mode camera with 230X zoom. The 230X zoom is to be achieved with no less than a 23X optical zoom lens with up to 10X digital zoom magnification. Electronic Image Stabilization feature provides stable images when the dome is subjected to mechanical oscillation or vibration. The camera/lens assembly must provide for continuous, full-time auto focus.

The pan mechanism must incorporate a sealed precision slip ring to provide 360° of

continuous pan rotation. The tilt mechanism must provide for 110° travel. Precise manual panning and tilting must be achievable through a combination of variable speed operator control (speed ranges) and automatic adjustment of these speed ranges dependent upon

zoom factor. Pan and Tilt speeds must range from 0.25 to 100° per second. Pan and tilt

preset positions must be obtained at a speed of 220° per second. High-speed, DC servomotors must be used to maintain high torque through the entire operating range. These motors must use pulse width modulation and encoder feedback to control the acceleration, speed, and deceleration of the motors to ensure smooth, precise, accurate and fluid movement. The design shall use direct drive motors and no belt to ensure long term reliable operation.

The design of the dome shall not require the use of a bubble indoors to be covert, but should support the option of a clear, smoked, silver or gold bubble.

The dome assembly shall contain a built-in multi-protocol receiver/driver for use with matrix switching systems using one of the following protocols: AD Manchester control

Page 171: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

6 of 8

code and a single 18 AWG shielded twisted pair (STP) to support up to three daisy chained domes a maximum of 1,500 m (5,000 feet), SensorNet control code and a single 22 AWG unshielded twisted pair (UTP) to support up to 32 daisy chained domes a maximum of 1,000 m (3,200 feet), SEC RS-422 control code and two pairs of 22 AWG shielded twisted pair (STP) cabling to support up to 10 daisy chained domes a maximum of 1,000 m (3,200 feet) or AD-UTC and RG59U video cable to control a dome a maximum of 500 m (1,600 feet). The receiver/driver will provide all voltages for camera controls, pan and tilt functions and all motorized lens functions.

In addition, the dome shall support selected third party protocols for integration to other systems

The dome must natively support the National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) version 1205:2001 v01.08, implemented via the RS422 communication interface.

The dome must include standard support for unshielded twisted pair dome connections, which allow the use of CAT2-6 cabling for transmission of video or video with up-the-coax dome control signals up to 300 meters (1000 feet).

The dome shall support 96 Presets 16 Patterns and 16 Preset Sequences. The dome shall also support a Home Position that automatically returns the dome to a Preset, Pattern or Preset Sequence after a specified period of inactivity, 1-60 minutes. A freeze frame function must be available that maintains a static image on-screen during dome movement and lens adjustment when presets and patterns are called. This freeze frame function helps to preserve hard drive space when a digital video recorder is used.

The dome must support a minimum of eight privacy zones to prevent users from viewing sensitive or secured areas. So as not to interfere with normal surveillance operations, these on-screen “shields” must block out only the area that has been defined as sensitive. The privacy zones should not cause the screen to blank out when the sensitive area is within the camera’s field of view. On the monitor, the privacy zones should appear larger or smaller depending on the camera’s zoom factor.

The dome must support on-screen programming of dome parameters, including proportional flip, direction indicators and azimuth, maximum zoom stop, line-lock or internal crystal synchronization, AGC, white balance, Electronic Image Stabilization (EIS) selection, alarm actions and default states, infrared filter removal threshold, and home position. On-screen programming of dome name, 16 Area names, 96 Preset names, 16 Pattern names and four alarm names must also be provided. All of this on-screen programming, as well as the rest of the on-screen displays must be available in the following languages: English, French, Italian, German, Spanish, and Portuguese.

A DirectSet menu must be to provide easy access to common dome settings when installed with compatible controllers. This DirectSet menu must provide access to the following features: dome configuration menu, auto iris/auto focus resume, flip, default apple peel pattern, night mode, day mode, auto day/night mode, enable EIS low, enable EIS high, disable EIS, activate smooth scan, activate stepped scan, activate random scan, activate a preset sequence and display the dome information screen.

Password protection must be provided to prevent unauthorized access.

Dome direction indicators and azimuth reading; Dome, Area, Preset, Pattern, Preset Sequence and alarm names; and zoom, focus, and iris status must be displayable on the monitor. All on-screen text character attributes must be user-selectable solid or translucent white, with or without black outline.

On-screen display of dome usage statistics must be available. This usage information must provide a record of the number of pan, tilt, and zoom commands issued by the dome; operating time, time from last reset in seconds and total reset count.

Page 172: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

7 of 8

The dome assembly design shall contain a single alarm input standard or four alarm inputs as an option and be field programmable to receive “normally open” or “normally closed” contacts. If operating on a SensorNet or RS-422 network, the dome shall be capable of receiving the alarm and transmitting the alarm back to the switching system and/or reacting to the alarm event independent of the switching system. If operating on a Manchester network, the dome must be able to process the alarm internally, and automatically activate a Preset, Pattern or Preset Sequence.

The dome assembly shall contain a single auxiliary output standard or four independent auxiliary outputs as an option. Each open collector output must respond as momentary or latching (depending on system capability).

The open collector of each auxiliary shall be required to handle + 12 VDC at a maximum of 40 milliamps.

The complete dome assembly must be capable of operating to full specification with an applied voltage of 18 to 30 VAC at a frequency of 50 or 60 Hertz and meet Class 2 standards. The power consumption cannot exceed 16 watts with all functions operating. The dome assembly shall have surge protection for the video, communications, power, and alarm connections.

The camera shall be a ¼-inch CCD interline transfer device. Day (color) Mode shall provide a minimum horizontal resolution of 470 lines with a usable video signal with a scene illumination of better than 0.5 Lux (20 IRE with AGC on) and 0.03 Lux (with an open shutter selection of 1/4 sec). Night (black and white) Mode shall provide a minimum horizontal resolution of 470 lines with a usable video signal with a scene illumination of 0.01 Lux (20 IRE with AGC on) and 0.009 Lux (with an open shutter selection of 1/4 sec).

The video output synchronization shall be 2:1 interlace and will observe the NTSC (Day-color mode) or EIA RS-170 standards. Line-lock with an adjustable vertical phase must also be provided.

The lens must be a color corrected, 3.6-82.8 mm, F1.6 and must have continuous autofocus with manual override. The lens must also have auto-iris with manual iris override. The auto focus and auto iris resume settings shall be configurable via on-screen menu settings.

The dome shall incorporate a twist-lock release base for ease of installation and service. Two versions of the twist-lock base must be available. A standard base will enable the installer to wire directly the dome’s housing/eyeball assembly before twisting the assembly onto the base. This standard base option shall support one alarm input and one auxiliary output. A second base that enables the installer to wire the appropriate cables onto an I/O board contained within the twist-lock base must also be available. The I/O base enables wiring to be completed once, and for the housing/eyeball assembly to be connected and disconnected to the twist-lock base without disturbing the wires or connections. This I/O base option shall support four alarm inputs and four auxiliary outputs. Each base will include diagnostic LED’s to indicate power and proper communications to and from the matrix.

An installation tool that enables service personnel to connect and disconnect the housing/eyeball assembly without the use of a ladder or lift must be available. The dome and bases must be available separately so installation of the bases can be accomplished by qualified personnel prior to the purchase of the dome or housing/eyeball assembly. An outdoor housing must also be available and shall provide for the same ease of installation and service.

Upon initial power up and after dome resets, diagnostic tests must be run, including communication loopback, camera loopback, and motor circuit tests. The results of these tests must be displayable on the monitor. After initialization, the dome shall automatically pan, tilt and zoom to its previous position.

Page 173: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI- Technical Specifications Closed Circuit TV System

8 of 8

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION All work shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. 3.1.1 Wiring System

Provide power wiring, raceway, and outlet boxes for intercommunications system as specified in Section 16402, "Interior Wiring Systems."

3.2 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING

Commissioning and testing shall be carried out on the entire installation, fully carried out in part or as whole in accordance with the requirements of this specification.

3.3 TRAINING

Training shall be provided of the Owner's staff until they are familiar with the operation and maintenance of the complete installation.

3.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Digital Video Recorder, Closed Circuit TV Camera of the type specified will be measured by the number of set installed and accepted. Cable / wiring will be measured by the linear meter installed and accepted. Testing and Commissioning will be measured by one (1) lot.

4.0 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The quantities accepted as provided in Method of Measurement, shall be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for each of the Pay Items listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this Section. Payment will be made in accordance with the Bill of Quantities.

******

Page 174: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specifications Flight Information Display System

1 of 4

SECTION 16762A - FLIGHT INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements" applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit descriptive data, shop drawings and reports for review and approval of the Engineer prior to procurement and installation of work.

a. Basic System

The basic system comprises the following:

(1) Display (2) Printer

(3) System software capable of driving and managing the FIDS network.

(4) Network Switch

(5) Back-up hubs should be incorporated into the system so as to provide

resilience should a fault develop on one of the operational hubs. (6) An additional PC located at ATO allowing:

(i) Manual update of Flight Information to Display Server. (ii) Manual input of data to the display boards in event of the Display

Server failing.

(7) Liquid Crystal Displays (LCDs) or equivalent, located throughout the PTB at locations most effective for displaying the required information to operating staff and passengers.

(8) Video Monitors (9) All inter-connecting data cables, primary and secondary containment,

Voice Data outlets and associated sundries. (10) UPS units for all system components

1.3 BASIC CONFIGURATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

a. System Description

(1) The purpose of this system shall be to disseminate information to passengers and operating staff concerning any matter of flight schedules. The basic system is described on the Flight Information System Drawings.

(2) The Airport Information Section gather all flight schedules from the

airlines and after coordination with related sections such as Air Traffic

Page 175: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specifications Flight Information Display System

2 of 4

Operations, enter the planned flight schedules into the CPU (Display Server). The Server shall be installed within the Terminal Building FIDS Room and linked to an intelligent terminal (PC) located within the ATO. Data can be entered into the Server using this link at any time, in order the Server’s database of flight information and schedules can be updated.

(3) The system design should be such that in event of the Display Server

failing, the terminal located within the ATO will allow manual input of display information to all LCDs directly via the hub.

(4) The design should also allow for a back-up hub(s) to automatically switch

in once a hub failure has been detected. To achieve this a resilient link should be included within the hub architecture.

(5) Coordinated flight schedules shall be disseminated to the related offices

and public areas using liquid crystal display (LCD) boards via and Video Monitors the CPU (Display Server). All data will be transported using a 10BaseT Ethernet system over Category 6 copper cable.

(6) This Server shall retain within its memory three months scheduled flights

and two months previous/ actual flights. Unless changes are made by the controller, the Server automatically displays this information as required. As changes occur and details fixed they are input to the Server by the controller whereupon the information is processed as required.

(7) Voice / data outlets should also be included for along with

“interconnecting fly-leads.” All Cat 6 terminations will be of type RJ45.

(8) The dimensions of the Passenger Terminal Building and layout of the planned cable routes are such that all connecting cables between equipment located in the FIDS Room and LCD boards will be within 100 metres in length.

(9) All units that comprise the Flight Information Display System (i.e. Server, PC,

hubs and LCD boards video monitors) should have a local (on board) UPS unit, capable of sustaining operation of each device in the system for a minimum of 10 minutes in event of the main power failing. The

b. Future Expansion

Design of the System (Hardware and Software) should be such that it should be expandable to meet future needs. Hardware should be modular and universally compatible with the majority of equipment manufactured by other Major Manufacturers, so as to simplify any demand for additional capacity. Facilities for inclusion of a future Network Management System should be considered when choosing the hardware.

c. Compatibility

The operating system for the FIDS application software should be chosen so that it is easily compatible for interfacing with other systems. Such as:

(1) Flight Data Processing System (2) Airport Administrative System. (3) Airport Data Base (4) FIDS Network Management System

Page 176: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specifications Flight Information Display System

3 of 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISPLAY DEVICES

a. General

Information concerning arriving and departing flights are disseminated to all passengers and operating staff of the airport.

b. LCD (Liquid Crystal Display Boards)

(1) Tentative design and dimensional details of each type of board are shown on

the drawings. (2) Display boards shall be divided into 5 categories.

(i) Departures (Summary) Information Board-(located at entrance to

departures hall). (ii) Check-In Counter Board-(located above each check in counter). (iii) Departure Gate Board-(located at each departure gate). (iv) Baggage Reclaim Board-(located within baggage reclaim

carousels). (v) Arrivals (Summary)-Information Board (located in main arrivals

hall).

(3) Boards shall be made up of rows of adjacent liquid crystal display cells capable of displaying alphanumeric characters (the color of which will be specified at a later stage).

(4) All boards shall contain their own display driver circuitry which should be

fan cooled for boards. (5) LCD cells shall be covered with a non-reflective layer such that as much

of the ambient light incident onto the face of each cell, is absorbed (therefore minimizing glare from the surface of the display cells in strong daylight conditions).

(6) The intensity of the display shall be variable and adjusted to suit different

ambient lighting conditions. (7) All display boards shall run on 240 Volts, single phase at 60Hz power

supply. (8) All boards shall be easily maintainable and allow easy access to back

lights.

c. Video Monitor

The Video Monitor can be programmed to display any number of combinations of colors for background and lettering. The casing for the Monitor’s and associated drivers for communication with the FIDS Personal Computer will be fully enclosed.

d. Board Layouts

Board layout shall display type of information required for each category.

Page 177: SECTION VI – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSdotr.gov.ph/images/Public_Bidding/CivilWorks/Air... · DCCD ENGINEERING CORPORATION Republic of the Philippines ... “Project Manager/Engineer”,

Bicol International Airport Development Project Division 16 – Electrical Section VI – Technical Specifications Flight Information Display System

4 of 4

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Due to the nature of CRT technology, the casing connate be watertight, as require ventilation. The monitors will be mounted on platforms suspended from the ceiling or from “L” brackets attached to the walls. Installation of all system components and appurtenances shall conform to the manufacturer’s instructions and as per approved drawings.

3.2 TEST PLAN AND TEST PROCEDURES

The test plan shall define all test required to ensure that the Flight Information Display System meets technical, operational and performance specifications. The said plan and design documents shall be used to develop test procedures. The procedures shall consist of detailed instructions for a test set up, execution and evaluation of test results.

* * * * *